WO2023011619A1 - Communication method and apparatus, and system - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus, and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023011619A1
WO2023011619A1 PCT/CN2022/110476 CN2022110476W WO2023011619A1 WO 2023011619 A1 WO2023011619 A1 WO 2023011619A1 CN 2022110476 W CN2022110476 W CN 2022110476W WO 2023011619 A1 WO2023011619 A1 WO 2023011619A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
power headroom
pusch
power
field
terminal device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/110476
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
胡丹
张旭
刘显达
李晨琬
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023011619A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023011619A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/18TPC being performed according to specific parameters
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/30TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/36TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power with a discrete range or set of values, e.g. step size, ramping or offsets
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1268Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of uplink data flows

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a communication method, device and system.
  • a user equipment can send an uplink signal on an uplink carrier according to scheduling by a base station.
  • the specific process may be: the UE determines the power headroom (power headroom, PH) of the uplink carrier, and then generates a power headroom report (power headroom report, PHR) based on the PH, and reports the PHR to the network device.
  • the network device can adjust the uplink transmission power of the UE according to the PHR.
  • the PH value corresponding to the PHR when the PH value corresponding to the PHR is greater than 0, it means that the UE has remaining power to further expand the uplink transmission bandwidth and transmit more data.
  • the larger the PH value the more remaining power of the UE, which can increase the uplink transmission power of the UE. If the PH value is negative, the UE reports that its scheduled transmission power has exceeded the maximum allowable transmission power, and the uplink transmission power of the UE should be reduced.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • multiple network devices can cooperate to receive and process the PUSCH.
  • PUSCH uses two repeated transmissions.
  • the first repeated transmission uses precoding mode 1 to facilitate the reception of TRP1
  • the second repeated transmission uses precoding mode 2 to facilitate the reception of TRP2.
  • PUSCH uses different precodings at different times. way (or on different beams) to repeatedly send the same TB.
  • the same PUSCH usually uses a set of power control parameters and precoding matrix, which is difficult to meet the scenario where multiple network devices cooperate to receive and process PUSCH.
  • the present application provides a communication method, device and system for improving transmission performance during communication.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a terminal device or a component on the terminal device, for example, a chip.
  • the method includes: determining the first power headroom and the second power headroom; reporting the first power headroom and the second power headroom; wherein, the first power headroom is Determined according to the first PUSCH repetition, the second power headroom is determined according to the second PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam, and the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the second beam.
  • the first power headroom is determined according to a third PUSCH
  • the second power headroom is determined according to reference PUSCH transmission, and the third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
  • the terminal device can report the corresponding power headroom based on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition of a serving cell in the multi-network device cooperation scenario, that is, report the first power headroom and the second power headroom , thus, in the scenario where the precoding methods corresponding to the first beam and the second beam are different, the network device can better schedule PUSCH repetitions based on the first power headroom and the second power headroom, and improve the performance of multi-network devices. Collaborative performance.
  • the terminal device acquires configuration information of a first SRS resource set and configuration information of a second SRS resource set; the first SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a second SRS resource set. beam; or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter.
  • the terminal device is configured to obtain the configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition and the configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom are carried on a power headroom report media access control (media access control, MAC) layer control element (MAC control element, MAC CE) .
  • media access control media access control
  • MAC CE media access control element
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom can be reported on one power headroom report MAC CE, and the first power headroom and the second power headroom do not need to be sent separately, reducing signaling overhead.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE includes multiple power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the multiple power headrooms is: first according to the corresponding power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms The serving cell indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to beam indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE includes multiple power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the multiple power headrooms is: first according to the corresponding power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms The beam indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
  • the complexity of reporting multiple power headrooms by the terminal device can be simplified, and correspondingly, the complexity of analyzing multiple power headrooms by the network device can also be reduced.
  • reporting of the first power headroom and the second power headroom includes any of the following:
  • the reporting power headroom report MAC CE includes any of the following:
  • the power headroom report MAC CE is sent on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different serving cell from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
  • the terminal device can report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in various ways, thereby improving the flexibility of power headroom reporting.
  • the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following:
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
  • the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
  • the reporting of the first power headroom and the second power headroom can be reported based on the relationship between the fourth PUSCH and the first PUSCH repetition or the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain, which improves the performance of reporting the power headroom, thus,
  • the network device can more accurately determine the uplink resource and the uplink power of the terminal device.
  • reporting of the first power headroom and the second power headroom includes any of the following:
  • the reporting power headroom report MAC CE includes any of the following:
  • the method of reporting the first power headroom and the second power headroom under different triggering scenarios is considered, so as to improve the flexibility of reporting.
  • the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control parameter.
  • TPC command closed-loop index.
  • the terminal device can accurately determine the transmission power of the uplink transmission on the first PUSCH repetition or the third PUSCH or the second PUSCH repetition, improving the accuracy of power headroom determination.
  • first indication information may also be received, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repeat and the second PUSCH repeats.
  • second indication information is also received, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send a third PUSCH transmission.
  • third indication information is also received, and the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send a fourth PUSCH transmission.
  • a possible implementation manner is to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the terminal device can determine the first power headroom and the second power headroom based on the actual transmission situation, for example, whether to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition, the third PUSCH transmission, and the fourth PUSCH transmission , or report the first power headroom and the second power headroom, so as to improve the performance of power headroom reporting.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a terminal device or a component on the terminal device, for example, a chip.
  • the method includes: determining the first field and the second field, and reporting the first field and the second field.
  • the order of reporting the first field and the second field may be sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index of the first field, and then sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index of the second field.
  • the order of reporting the first field and the second field may first be sorted according to the ascending order of the beam indexes of the first field and the second field, and then sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index corresponding to the first field and the second field.
  • the first field indicates the first power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition
  • the second field indicates the second power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition
  • the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam
  • the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the second beam.
  • the beam index of the first beam and the beam index of the second beam may be in ascending order.
  • the first field indicates the power headroom of the third PUSCH
  • the second field indicates the power headroom of the reference PUSCH.
  • the third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
  • the terminal device can report the corresponding power headroom based on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition of a serving cell in a multi-network device cooperation scenario, that is, report the first field and the second field, thus,
  • the network device can better schedule the PUSCH repeatedly based on the first power headroom and the second power headroom, and improve the performance of multi-network device cooperation .
  • the complexity of reporting multiple power headrooms by the terminal device can be simplified, and correspondingly, the complexity of analyzing multiple power headrooms by the network device can also be reduced.
  • the terminal device acquires configuration information of a first SRS resource set and configuration information of a second SRS resource set; the first SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a second SRS resource set. beam; or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter.
  • the first field and the second field are carried on a power headroom report MAC CE.
  • reporting of the first field and the second field includes any of the following:
  • the first field and the second field are sent on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different serving cell from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
  • the reporting power headroom report MAC CE includes any of the following:
  • the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following items:
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
  • the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
  • the terminal device reports the first field and the second field, including any of the following:
  • the terminal device reports the power headroom report MAC CE, including any of the following:
  • the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control parameter.
  • TPC command closed-loop index.
  • the terminal device may also receive first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition. Push repeats.
  • the terminal device may also receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send a third PUSCH transmission;
  • the terminal device may further receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the fourth PUSCH transmission.
  • a possible implementation manner is to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application can be applied to a network device, or a component in a network device, such as a chip, and the method includes: sending first configuration information, the first configuration information Used to indicate the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition; receive the first power headroom and the second power headroom; wherein, the first power headroom is determined according to the first PUSCH repetition, and the second The power headroom is determined according to a second PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam, and the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the second beam.
  • the first power headroom is determined according to a third PUSCH
  • the second power headroom is determined according to reference PUSCH transmission
  • the third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
  • the network device when the network device configures the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition for the terminal device, that is, the terminal device can be based on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition of a serving cell in a multi-network device cooperation scenario, Report the corresponding power headroom, that is, report the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
  • the network device after receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom, the network device can schedule the uplink of the terminal device accordingly. Transmission, to improve the uplink transmission performance of terminal equipment.
  • the first configuration information includes: configuration information of a first SRS resource set and configuration information of a second SRS resource set; the first SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam.
  • the resource set is associated with the second beam; or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter.
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom are carried on the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE includes a plurality of power headrooms, and the arrangement order of the plurality of power headrooms is: first according to the serving cell corresponding to each power headroom of the plurality of power headrooms The indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the beam indexes corresponding to the respective power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE includes multiple power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the multiple power headrooms is: first according to the corresponding power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms The beam indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
  • the complexity of reporting multiple power headrooms by the terminal device can be simplified, and correspondingly, the complexity of analyzing multiple power headrooms by the network device can also be reduced.
  • the network device receives the first power headroom and the second power headroom, including any of the following:
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom are received on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located at a different location from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH Serve the community.
  • the network device receives the power headroom report MAC CE, including any of the following:
  • the power headroom report MAC CE is received on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different serving cell from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
  • the network device can receive the first power headroom and the second power headroom in multiple ways, and the flexibility of the network device in scheduling transmission of the terminal device based on the power headroom is improved.
  • the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following items:
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
  • the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom received by the network device can be reported based on the relationship between the fourth PUSCH and the first PUSCH repetition or the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain, which improves the reported power headroom. Therefore, the network device can more accurately determine the uplink resource and the uplink power of the terminal device.
  • the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control parameter.
  • TPC command closed-loop index.
  • the network device may also send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first One PUSCH repetition and second PUSCH repetition.
  • the network device may also send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first power headroom.
  • the network device may also send third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first power headroom.
  • the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first power headroom.
  • the network device may also receive the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application can be applied to a network device, or a component in a network device, such as a chip, and the method includes: sending first configuration information, the first configuration information Used to indicate the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition; receive the first field and the second field; wherein, the order of reporting the first field and the second field may be sorted in ascending order according to the serving cell index of the first field, Then sort in ascending order according to the serving cell index in the second field.
  • the order of reporting the first field and the second field may first be sorted according to the ascending order of the beam indexes of the first field and the second field, and then sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index corresponding to the first field and the second field.
  • the first field indicates the first power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition
  • the second field indicates the second power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition
  • the first PUSCH repetition and the first The beams are associated
  • the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the second beam.
  • the beam index of the first beam and the beam index of the second beam may be in ascending order.
  • the first field indicates the power headroom of the third PUSCH
  • the second field indicates the power headroom of the reference PUSCH.
  • the third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
  • the terminal device can report the corresponding power headroom based on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition of a serving cell in a multi-network device cooperation scenario, that is, report the first field and the second field, thus,
  • the network device can better schedule the PUSCH repeatedly based on the first power headroom and the second power headroom, and improve the performance of multi-network device cooperation .
  • the complexity of reporting multiple power headrooms by the terminal device can be simplified, and correspondingly, the complexity of analyzing multiple power headrooms by the network device can also be reduced.
  • the first configuration information includes: configuration information of a first SRS resource set and configuration information of a second SRS resource set; the first SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam.
  • the resource set is associated with the second beam; or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter.
  • the first field and the second field are carried on the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the network device receives the first field and the second field, including any of the following:
  • the first field and the second field are received on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different serving cell from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
  • the network device receives the power headroom report MAC CE, including any of the following:
  • the power headroom report MAC CE is received on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different serving cell from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
  • the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following items:
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
  • the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
  • the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control parameter.
  • TPC command closed-loop index.
  • the network device may also send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repetition and Second PUSCH repeat;
  • the network device may also send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send a third PUSCH transmission;
  • the network device may further send third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send a fourth PUSCH transmission.
  • the network device may also receive the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the device may be a terminal device, or may be a chip in the terminal device.
  • the apparatus may include a processing unit, a transceiving unit and a receiving unit. It should be understood that here the sending unit and the receiving unit may also be transceiving units.
  • the processing unit may be a processor, the sending unit and the receiving unit may be transceivers; the communication device may also include a storage unit, which may be a memory; the storage unit is used to store instructions , the processing unit executes the instruction stored in the storage unit, so that the terminal device executes the method in the first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect, or makes the terminal device execute the second aspect or any one of the second aspect One possible approach in the design.
  • the processing unit may be a processor, and the sending unit and the receiving unit may be input/output interfaces, pins or circuits, etc.; the processing unit executes the instructions stored in the storage unit to Make the chip execute the method in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or make the chip execute the method in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect.
  • the storage unit is used to store instructions, and the storage unit may be a storage unit in the chip (for example, a register, a cache, etc.), or a storage unit outside the chip in the terminal device (for example, a read-only memory, random access memory, etc.).
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the device may be a network device or a chip in the network device.
  • the apparatus may include a processing unit, a transceiving unit and a receiving unit. It should be understood that here the sending unit and the receiving unit may also be transceiving units.
  • the processing unit may be a processor, the sending unit and the receiving unit may be transceivers; the communication device may also include a storage unit, which may be a memory; the storage unit is used to store instructions , the processing unit executes the instruction stored in the storage unit, so that the first network device executes the method in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or, makes the second network device execute the fourth aspect or A method in any possible design of the fourth aspect.
  • the processing unit may be a processor, and the sending unit and the receiving unit may be input/output interfaces, pins or circuits, etc.; the processing unit executes the instructions stored in the storage unit to Make the chip execute the method in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or make the chip execute the method in the fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect.
  • the storage unit is used to store instructions, and the storage unit may be a storage unit in the chip (for example, a register, a cache, etc.), or a storage unit outside the chip in the terminal device (for example, a read-only memory, random access memory, etc.).
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the second aspect Or the method of the third aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product including a program, which, when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method of the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • a communication device including: a processor, a communication interface, and a memory.
  • the communication interface is used to transfer information, and/or messages, and/or data between the device and other devices.
  • the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device executes the first aspect or any design in the first aspect, the second aspect Or any method described in the second aspect.
  • a communication device including: a processor, a communication interface, and a memory.
  • the communication interface is used to transfer information, and/or messages, and/or data between the device and other devices.
  • the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device executes any design in the third aspect or the third aspect, the fourth aspect Or any method described in the fourth aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, the chip is coupled with the memory, and executes the method of the first aspect and any possible design thereof, the second aspect and any possible design thereof of the embodiment of the present application .
  • a chip provided by the embodiment of the present application the chip is coupled with the memory, and executes the method of the third aspect and any possible design thereof, the fourth aspect and any possible design thereof of the embodiment of the present application .
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including a communication interface and at least one processor, the processor operates to execute the first aspect of the embodiment of the present application or any design in the first aspect, the second aspect and Its any possible design of the described method.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including a communication interface and at least one processor, the processor operates to execute any design in the third aspect or the third aspect of the embodiment of the present application, the fourth aspect and Its any possible design of the described method.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including the terminal device described in the first aspect and the first network device described in the third aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including the terminal device described in the second aspect and the first network device described in the fourth aspect.
  • Coupled in the embodiments of the present application means that two components are directly or indirectly combined with each other.
  • FIG. 1-FIG. 3 are schematic structural diagrams of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an uplink transmission resource provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7a and 7b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an uplink transmission resource provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11a and FIG. 11b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an uplink transmission resource provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15a and FIG. 15b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 16a-16b are schematic diagrams of an uplink transmission resource provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of an uplink transmission resource provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18a and FIG. 18b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an uplink transmission resource provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20a and FIG. 20b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of an uplink transmission resource provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22a and FIG. 22b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 25a and FIG. 25b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26a and FIG. 26b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the present application presents various aspects, embodiments or features in terms of a system that can include a number of devices, components, modules and the like. It is to be understood and appreciated that the various systems may include additional devices, components, modules, etc. and/or may not include all of the devices, components, modules etc. discussed in connection with the figures. In addition, combinations of these schemes can also be used.
  • the network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute limitations on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • a terminal device may be a device with a wireless transceiver function, and may also be called a terminal.
  • Terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as on aircraft, balloons, and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal device may be user equipment (user equipment, UE), where the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, or a computing device with a wireless communication function.
  • the UE may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer or a computer with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the terminal device can also be a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, a smart Wireless terminals in power grids, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • the device used to realize the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the terminal device or connected with the terminal device Matching is used.
  • the system-on-a-chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • description may be made by taking the terminal device as an example for realizing the function of the terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may be used for receiving downlink signals and/or sending uplink signals.
  • the network device may be a device deployed in the wireless access network and capable of wireless communication with the terminal device.
  • the network device may be a base station (base station, BS).
  • the base station may have various forms, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay station, and an access point.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application is an access device for a terminal device to access the mobile communication system through wireless means, and may be a base station NodeB, an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB), a transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP), the next generation NodeB (gNB) in the 5G mobile communication system, the base station in the future mobile communication system or the access node in the WiFi system, etc.
  • eNB evolved base station
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • gNB next generation NodeB
  • the device used to realize the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the network device or connected with the network device Matching is used.
  • description may be made by taking an apparatus that implements a function of a network device as a network device as an example.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the radio access network equipment.
  • Wireless access network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on aircraft, drones, balloons and satellites in the air.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of the wireless access network device and the terminal device.
  • the network device may include a scheduling device and a sending device.
  • the scheduling device includes but is not limited to eNB and/or gNB, operator network equipment, etc., for configuring uplink and downlink resources, and/or in Generate downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) in scheduling mode;
  • the sending device includes but not limited to TRP or remote radio head (remote radio head, RRH), used for sending downlink signals and receiving uplink signals, downlink Signals include PDCCH, PDSCH, etc., and uplink signals include PUCCH, PUSCH, etc.
  • Uplink transmission power control which can also be called uplink transmission power control or uplink power control, or simply referred to as power control, is for network devices to receive uplink signals with appropriate receiving power.
  • the appropriate received power means on the one hand the received power required for the uplink signal to be correctly decoded by the network device, and on the other hand means that the uplink transmit power of the uplink signal cannot be unnecessarily high, so as not to affect other uplink signals.
  • the transmission is causing interference.
  • the network device indicates the power used by the terminal device to send the uplink signal by indicating a power control (also referred to as power control) parameter.
  • the power control parameters include at least one of the following power control parameters: open-loop power control parameters (meaning that the network device configures the transmission power value of the terminal device according to long-term observation results, or further determines the transmission power value according to its own measurement value), Closed-loop power control parameters (meaning that the network equipment determines the transmission power value according to the instantaneous measurement result), the target value of the transmission power, the offset of the transmission power, the reference signal index value of the path loss measurement or the adjustment value of the transmission power.
  • open-loop power control parameters meaning that the network device configures the transmission power value of the terminal device according to long-term observation results, or further determines the transmission power value according to its own measurement value
  • Closed-loop power control parameters meaning that the network equipment determines the transmission power value according to the instantaneous measurement result
  • the power headroom report when the uplink signal transmitted by the terminal equipment can be PUCCH, the power headroom report is the power headroom report of PUCCH; when the uplink signal transmitted by the terminal equipment is PUSCH, the power headroom report is a PUSCH power headroom report; when the uplink signal transmitted by the terminal device is an SRS, the power headroom report is an SRS power headroom report.
  • the terminal equipment calculates the power headroom according to the power required for all data transmissions on each carrier at the moment of uplink data transmission.
  • the data transmission performed at the moment of uplink data transmission may include any one or more types of data transmission scheduled by the network device for new data transmission, data retransmission, or semi-static configuration of the network device. The embodiment does not specifically limit this.
  • the PH may include two types: real and virtual.
  • the real type of PH means that there is an actual uplink transmission on a component carrier (CC), the uplink transmission includes the transmission of the data channel and the transmission of the SRS, and the data transmission may include new data transmission, previous data Repeated transmission, or any one or more of semi-statically configured data transmissions, the terminal device calculates the power headroom based on these actual data transmissions (see Case 1 and Case 3 for details).
  • the PH of the virtual type refers to the power headroom calculated by the terminal device based on a reference format without actual uplink transmission on the CC (for details, refer to Case 2). It can be seen that compared with the virtual type, the power headroom of the real type calculated based on actual transmission is more valuable to the network device.
  • the network device can schedule uplink resources more accurately according to the power headroom of the real type, thereby Improve uplink resource utilization.
  • Case 1 The power headroom is determined by the PUSCH actually transmitted. For example, taking the power control of the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) as an example, the uplink of the terminal device on the carrier f of the serving cell (serving cell) c Activate part of the bandwidth (bandwidth part, BWP) b to send PUSCH to the network device, then you can determine the power headroom of the PUSCH in the sending opportunity i as an example, the power headroom satisfies the formula (1):
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • f b, f, c(i, l) can be regarded as a closed-loop power control parameter.
  • PCMAX,f,c(i) is the maximum transmission power of PUSCH on the carrier f of the serving cell c configured by the terminal device.
  • P O_PUSCH,b,f,c (j) and ⁇ b,f,c can be collectively referred to as the target (expected) received power, j ⁇ 0,1,...,J-1 ⁇ , the value of this parameter can be
  • the network device indicates or configures the terminal device through signaling (such as radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, system message, or DCI, etc.); wherein, the network device can configure multiple POs for the terminal device to indicate (can be regarded as the target value of transmission power) and ⁇ (can be regarded as the offset of transmission power) parameter set set, the terminal device can according to the current transmission mode (transmission mode includes initial access transmission, DCI-based data scheduling transmission Or based on the RCC data scheduling transmission, etc.) and the indication of the SRI field (if any), determine the number j of the parameter set used to transmit the PUSCH, thereby determining the PO and ⁇ used to transmit the PUSCH according to the number j of the parameter set.
  • the network device can configure each
  • the terminal device can determine the parameter set used for sending the PUSCH indicated by the SRI field in the DCI according to the mapping relationship between the SRI and the parameter set.
  • the mapping relationship between the SRI and the parameter set can be configured through RRC signaling.
  • the SRI field is used to select the beam of the PUSCH, which is reflected in the fact that when the network device is configured with multiple sounding reference signal (SRS) resources, one or more SRS resources (indicated by the SRI field) need to be selected (indicated by the SRI field) when scheduling the PUSCH to represent For the PUSCH beam, in this way, different parameter sets are indicated by indicating different values in the SRI field, which can enable different PUSCH beams to use independent parameter sets to increase transmission performance.
  • SRS resource number selected by SRI as an example.
  • the number of SRS resource numbers indicates the number of layers used for PUSCH transmission. When the SRI is different, the SRS resource numbers indicated are different, and the values of PO and ⁇ in the corresponding parameter set are also different. .
  • the number of the default parameter set j 2
  • the terminal device can use the number of the first parameter set
  • the corresponding parameter set determines the values of PO and ⁇ used to transmit the PUSCH.
  • ⁇ b, f, c (j) is a partial path loss compensation factor, the range is (0, 1], the value of this parameter can be that the network device is a terminal device through signaling (such as RRC signaling, system information, or DCI, etc.) Indicated or configured.
  • signaling such as RRC signaling, system information, or DCI, etc.
  • the value of this parameter may be indicated or configured by the network device for the terminal device through signaling (such as RRC signaling or DCI).
  • is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the PUSCH.
  • the subcarrier spacing corresponding to different values of ⁇ is shown in Table 1.
  • PL b,f,c (q d ) is an estimated value of path loss, which is used for path loss compensation.
  • the parameter value may be the path loss estimated by the terminal device according to the reference signal index value (or downlink parameter signal) q d .
  • the network device can further configure a mapping between multiple reference signal index values qd (also referred to as path loss measurement reference signal index values) and the value of the SRI field relationship, the terminal device can determine which reference signal index value q d (or the reference signal corresponding to the reference signal index value) is used to determine the path loss estimation value of the PUSCH according to the value of the SRI field.
  • the terminal device can according to the included beam indication information
  • the minimum reference signal index value q d in the PUCCH resource configuration information of the PUCCH resource configuration information determines the estimated value of the PUSCH path loss.
  • the terminal device can determine the PUSCH according to the multiple configured reference signal index values qd The estimated value of the path loss.
  • ⁇ TFb,f,c (i) is a parameter value related to the modulation mode and channel coding rate of PUSCH transmission, for example, it can be related to the type of information carried by PUSCH (for example, including carrying uplink shared channel (UL-SCH) data information, or channel state information (channel state information, CSI) information, etc.), the location or quantity of physical resources occupied by the PUSCH, and the like.
  • UL-SCH uplink shared channel
  • CSI channel state information
  • f b, f, c (i, l) are the power adjustment values determined according to the transmit power control (transmit power control, TPC) command of the closed-loop power control (power control) process l , and l can also be understood as the power control adjustment state index value.
  • the DCI sent by the network device may carry a TPC field, and the TPC field is used to indicate the parameter value of ⁇ PUSCH,b,f,c (such as the transmission power adjustment amount ⁇ PUSCH,b,f,c ).
  • the terminal device may determine the value of f b, f, c (i, l) according to the determined value of ⁇ PUSCH,b , f, c .
  • the DCI for scheduling PUSCH is a terminal equipment-specific (UE specific) DCI format
  • the specific terminal equipment configured detects the DCI for scheduling PUSCH, and adjusts the state index according to the value of the SRI field in the DCI for scheduling PUSCH and the power control
  • the mapping relationship of the value l determines the ⁇ PUSCH,b,f,c (i,l) corresponding to the PUSCH.
  • the DCI for scheduling PUSCH is a common (common) DCI format
  • the DCI for scheduling PUSCH carries a power control adjustment state index value 1 with a value of 0 or 1; the terminal device only accumulates the TPC with the same value 1 according to the value of the SRI field instruct.
  • the power control adjustment state index value l 0.
  • ⁇ PUSCH,b,f,c Indicates to accumulate ⁇ PUSCH,b,f,c indicated by all TPC signaling received within a period of time before the sending opportunity i.
  • the terminal can also determine the power headroom based on the reference PUSCH format, for example, the PH calculated based on the reference PUSCH format satisfies formula (2):
  • P CMAX_L,f,c MIN ⁇ P EMAX,c – ⁇ T C,c ,(P PowerClass – ⁇ P PowerClass )–MAX(MAX(MPR c + ⁇ MPR c ,A-MPR c )+ ⁇ T IB,c + ⁇ T C ,c + ⁇ T RxSRS ,P-MPR c ) ⁇ ;
  • P CMAX_H,f,c MIN ⁇ P EMAX,c ,P PowerClass – ⁇ P PowerClass ⁇
  • P EMAX,c is configured by the p-Max cell or the additionalPmax field in the NR-NS-PmaxList cell;
  • P PowerClass is the maximum UE power, and the value can be 23dBm, 26dB or 29dBm, 31dBm;
  • ⁇ T IB, c represents the extra power tolerance, the value can be 0dB;
  • ⁇ T C the value of c can be 1.5dB or 0dB;
  • MPR represents the maximum power reduction allowed (Allowed Maximum Power Reduction),
  • A-MPR represents the additional maximum power reduction (Additional Maximum Power Reduction);
  • P-MPR stands for Power Management Maximum Power Reduction.
  • the terminal can also determine the power headroom based on the path loss reference signal of PUSCH. For example, the PH calculated based on the path loss reference signal of PUSCH satisfies formula (3):
  • the fourth generation (4th Generation, 4G) includes the system long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, global interconnected microwave access (worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, future fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) system, such as new generation wireless access technology (new radio access technology, NR), and future communication system, such as 6G system, etc., as long as The communication system can realize signal transmission.
  • 4G fourth generation
  • 4G system includes the system long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, global interconnected microwave access (worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system
  • future fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) system such as new generation wireless access technology (new radio access technology, NR)
  • future communication system such as 6G system, etc.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to low-frequency (less than 6 GHz) scenarios, and can also be applied to high-frequency (above 6 GHz) scenarios.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to scenarios of homogeneous networks and heterogeneous networks, and are also applicable to frequency division multiplexing (FDD) and time division multiplexing (TDD) systems.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application may also be applicable to a single-transmission reception point (Single-TRP) or a multi-transmission reception point (Multi-TRP), or a derivative scenario of Single-TRP and Multi-TRP.
  • the type and quantity of network equipment are not limited, such as macro base station and macro base station, micro base station and micro base station, and coordinated multi-point transmission between macro base station and micro base station.
  • a communication system as shown in FIG. 1 can be used.
  • the communication system is composed of network equipment (including network equipment 1 and network equipment 2) and terminal equipment.
  • network equipment 1 can configure uplink and downlink resources,
  • the terminal device can receive downlink signals and/or send uplink signals.
  • the mobile communication system includes a core network device 210 , a radio access network device 220 and at least one terminal device (such as terminal device 230 and terminal device 240 in FIG. 2 ).
  • the terminal device is connected to the wireless access network device in a wireless manner, and the wireless access network device is connected to the core network device in a wireless or wired manner.
  • the mobile communication system includes core network equipment, at least two radio access network equipment and at least one terminal equipment, as shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the core network equipment and the wireless access network equipment can be independent and different physical equipment, or the functions of the core network equipment and the logical functions of the wireless access network equipment can be integrated on the same physical equipment, or it can be a physical equipment It integrates some functions of core network equipment and some functions of radio access network equipment.
  • Terminal equipment can be fixed or mobile.
  • FIG. 2 is only a schematic diagram.
  • the communication system may also include other network devices, such as wireless relay devices and wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of core network equipment, radio access network equipment, and terminal equipment included in the mobile communication system.
  • Cooperative reception and processing of PUSCH by multiple network devices can improve the reliability of PUSCH transmission.
  • two network devices network device 1 and network device 2 cooperate to receive and process PUSCH, and one of the network devices sends and schedules PUSCH DCI, both network devices can receive the PUSCH at the RB position indicated by the DCI, and the PUSCH can be sent in a time domain repetition manner.
  • PUSCH uses different precoding methods to repeatedly send the same transport block (TB) at different times, and the network device can notify the terminal device to send the repetition times of PUSCH in the time domain (also called symbol set), and also The terminal device may be notified of the precoding mode adopted for each repeated transmission. Taking sending repeated data twice on the PUSCH as an example, the two repeated data are sent on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition respectively.
  • the precoding method can be understood as beamforming (beamforming), that is, when the transmitting end has multiple transmitting antennas, when transmitting the same signal, the amplitude or phase weighting is generated between the transmitting antennas, so that the transmitted signal is transmitted in the transmission space.
  • beamforming beamforming
  • different precoding methods can refer to the use of different beams (corresponding to the analog precoding mechanism, the terminal device can change the beam by changing the phase of the phase shifter), antenna port or antenna virtualization method (corresponding to digital precoding mechanism, terminal equipment can generate different beams through digital weights between different antennas), thereby improving transmission efficiency.
  • the precoding mode 1 is beneficial to the reception of the network device 1
  • the precoding mode 2 is beneficial to the reception of the network device 2.
  • the network device can notify the terminal device to use the first beam corresponding to the precoding mode 1 when sending the first PUSCH repetition, and the terminal When the device transmits the second PUSCH repetition, it uses the second beam corresponding to the precoding mode 2 for transmission.
  • the power control parameter that is, the terminal device can determine the transmission power value adopted by the PUSCH at different times (symbol set) according to the mapping relationship between the SRI and the power control parameter.
  • the PUSCH repetitions corresponding to two different beams are repeatedly transmitted on the same serving cell, and the transmission powers of the PUSCH repetitions corresponding to the two different beams may be different.
  • the terminal device may need to report the power headroom of the PUSCH repetitions corresponding to different beams.
  • the current method for the terminal equipment to report the power headroom is to determine and report the power headroom based on the PUSCH on a serving cell, and it is impossible to repeatedly determine and report the respective power headrooms for the PUSCH corresponding to each beam.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which implements reporting of multiple power headrooms corresponding to multiple beams, and improves the performance of the network device for scheduling uplink power.
  • FIG. 5 it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method specifically includes the following steps:
  • S501 The terminal device acquires uplink transmission resources.
  • the uplink transmission resources obtained by the terminal device may include multiple types.
  • the terminal device may obtain uplink transmission resources based on network device scheduling, or obtain uplink transmission resources through the resource pool itself. Uplink transmission resources are obtained in a configured manner. The following uses an example of network device scheduling to illustrate.
  • the first network device may configure uplink transmission resources for the terminal device.
  • the first network device may send the first configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate uplink transmission resources of the terminal equipment.
  • the uplink transmission resource is PUSCH as an example for description.
  • the uplink transmission resource configured for the terminal device may include PUSCH repetition for sending repeated data.
  • the uplink transmission resource may include at least one PUSCH repetition, for example, taking repeated transmission twice as an example, the uplink transmission resource may include: the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH Send the same transport block repeatedly.
  • the beam corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition may be the first beam, for example, the uplink power control parameter corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition corresponds to the power control parameter of the first beam.
  • the beam corresponding to the second PUSCH repetition may be the second beam.
  • the uplink power control parameter corresponding to the second PUSCH repetition corresponds to the power control parameter of the second beam.
  • the first configuration information sent by the first network device to the terminal device may be used to indicate configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition and configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the terminal device may determine the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition according to the configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition and the configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the first configuration information may further include configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition and configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition. That is, the first network device may send configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition and configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine the first PUSCH repetition and the first PUSCH repetition associated with the first PUSCH repetition based on the configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition.
  • the beam is determined based on configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition, and a second beam associated with the second PUSCH repetition is determined.
  • the terminal device may determine the first power control parameter corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition (for example, the basic value P0 of the open-loop power control parameter corresponding to the first beam, the path loss compensation factor alpha, the path Loss reference signal ID, etc.), the terminal device can determine the second power control parameter corresponding to the second PUSCH repetition based on the configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition (for example, the open-loop power control parameter basic value P0 corresponding to the second beam, path loss compensation factor alpha, path loss reference signal ID, etc.).
  • the first power control parameter corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition for example, the basic value P0 of the open-loop power control parameter corresponding to the first beam, the path loss compensation factor alpha, the path Loss reference signal ID, etc.
  • the terminal device when sending the transport block on the first PUSCH repetition in the first time domain resource, may use the beam direction of the first beam to send the transport block to the first network device.
  • the first time domain resource may be a transmission opportunity corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition, and the first time domain resource may be determined by the terminal device based on the DCI indication sent by the first network device.
  • the terminal device may send the transport block to the second network device by using the beam direction of the second beam.
  • the second time domain resource may be a transmission opportunity corresponding to the second PUSCH repetition, and the second time domain resource may be determined by the terminal device based on the DCI indication sent by the first network device.
  • the first configuration information may include at least one SRS resource set, and the SRS resource in each SRS resource set corresponds to one PUSCH repetition.
  • the first configuration information may include: configuration information of the first SRS resource set and configuration information of the second SRS resource set.
  • the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set correspond to different beams in the same serving cell.
  • the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are resources in serving cell #1 (first serving cell).
  • the first set of SRS resources may be associated with the first beam of the first serving cell. Therefore, the configuration corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition may be related to the configuration of the first beam, or the uplink power control parameter corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition is related to the power control parameter of the first beam.
  • the same transport block is correspondingly sent on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the second set of SRS resources may be associated with the second beam of the first serving cell. Therefore, the configuration corresponding to the second PUSCH repetition may be related to the configuration of the second beam, or the uplink power control parameter corresponding to the second PUSCH repetition is related to the power control parameter of the second beam.
  • the uplink authorization resources configured by the first network device for the terminal device include a first SRS resource set #1 and a second SRS resource set #2, wherein the first SRS resource set # 1 includes the first PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition corresponds to the first beam, and the path loss reference signal index (path loss reference signal identification, PL RS ID) corresponding to the first beam can be PL RS ID#1, the second SRS resource set set#2 includes the second PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition corresponds to the second beam, and the path loss reference signal index corresponding to the second beam may be PL RS ID#2.
  • the first network device may send configuration information of the first SRS resource set and configuration information of the second SRS resource set to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can obtain the first beam associated with the first SRS resource set according to the configuration information of the first SRS resource set, that is, the terminal device can obtain the first beam indicated in the first information.
  • the terminal device may obtain the first power control parameter indicated in the first information according to the configuration information of the first SRS resource set.
  • the terminal device may also obtain corresponding precoding information according to configuration information of the first SRS resource set. Therefore, the terminal device can use the beam direction of the first beam to send the first PUSCH repetition to the first network device at the transmission opportunity corresponding to the first SRS resource according to the configuration information of the first SRS resource set or corresponding precoding information. transmission block.
  • the terminal device may obtain the second beam associated with the second SRS resource set according to the configuration information of the second SRS resource set, that is, the terminal device may obtain the second beam indicated in the first information.
  • the terminal device may obtain the second power control parameter indicated in the first information according to the configuration information of the second SRS resource set.
  • the terminal device may also obtain corresponding precoding information according to configuration information of the second SRS resource set. Therefore, the terminal device can use the beam direction of the second beam to send the second PUSCH repetition to the second network device at the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second SRS resource according to the configuration information of the second SRS resource set or corresponding precoding information. transmission block.
  • the terminal device when obtaining the first configuration information, may also obtain uplink scheduling signaling or configuration scheduling information, so as to determine to send data on the uplink transmission resource.
  • the first network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information may be used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition to the first network device in the first serving cell.
  • first indication information may be sent simultaneously with the first configuration information, or may be sent separately.
  • first indication information and the first configuration information may be carried and sent in the same signaling, or may be carried and sent in different signalings, which is not limited here.
  • the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the specific structures of the first field and the second field can be referred to below, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device may perform S503 and S504 after performing S502.
  • the terminal device may report the power headroom in an existing manner.
  • the terminal device and the first network device can also negotiate in other ways whether to use the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE in the embodiment of the present application to report the power headroom, which is not limited here.
  • the terminal device may also report capability information to the first network device, where the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
  • the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
  • the first network device may determine that the MAC CE of the power headroom report reported by the terminal device has a structure including the first field and the second field.
  • the first network device and the terminal device may also negotiate in other ways, report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE, or report the first power headroom and the first field in the power headroom report MAC CE Second power headroom.
  • the first network device may also send a capability request message to the terminal device to request the terminal device to report the capability information. In order to save the signaling overhead of the terminal equipment.
  • S502 The terminal device triggers to report a power headroom report.
  • the network device may send uplink scheduling signaling to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to send the same transport block on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the terminal device may acquire first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition to the first network device and the second network device respectively.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to report the power headroom based on the condition for triggering the report of the power headroom.
  • the following seven trigger conditions can be defined.
  • the terminal device can trigger the report of the power headroom, that is, the terminal device sends a power headroom report.
  • the first trigger condition a PHR prohibition timer (prohibitPHR-Timer) expires, and the path loss value of the serving cell is greater than or equal to a preset threshold value.
  • the threshold may be phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange dB.
  • the prohibitPHR-Timer timer can be set on the terminal device side.
  • the terminal device can report the power headroom report to the network device through the data channel.
  • the path loss value of the serving cell may be configured by the network device for the terminal device, and the terminal device may restart the prohibitPHR-Timer timer after reporting the power headroom report to the network device .
  • the terminal device may also obtain first trigger information and second trigger information, where the first trigger information includes a PHR transmission prohibition timer and/or a PHR cycle timer, and the second The second trigger information includes the change value of the PHR transmission power factor. Furthermore, the terminal device may determine whether the trigger condition is met based on the first trigger information and the second trigger information.
  • the first network device may send the first trigger information and the second trigger information to the terminal device.
  • the first trigger information and the second trigger information may be sent separately, or together, or together with at least one of the first configuration information, first information, and second information , without limitation here.
  • the second trigger information may further include PHR transmission power factor change values corresponding to multiple network devices.
  • the second trigger information may include: a first PHR transmission power factor change value and a second PHR transmission power factor change value.
  • the first PHR transmission power factor change value corresponds to the first network device
  • the second PHR transmission power factor change value corresponds to the second network device.
  • the change value of the first PHR transmission power factor may be the threshold value of the path loss of the first serving cell corresponding to the first network device, and the terminal device may Whether the loss change value exceeds the first PHR transmission power factor change value and whether the PHR transmission prohibition timer expires, and determine whether the first serving cell (or first beam) corresponding to the first network device meets the conditions for triggering and reporting the power headroom report.
  • the terminal device may determine whether the change value of the path loss corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition (or the path loss reference signal corresponding to the first beam) exceeds the change value of the first PHR transmission power factor and whether the PHR transmission prohibition timer expires, and determine whether the first Whether the PUSCH repetition satisfies the condition of triggering and reporting the power headroom report.
  • the second PHR transmission power factor change value may be the threshold value of the path loss of the first serving cell corresponding to the second network device, and the terminal device may determine whether the path loss change value of the first serving cell corresponding to the second network device exceeds the threshold value of the second PHR transmission power factor change value. 2. Whether the change value of the PHR transmission power factor and the PHR transmission prohibition timer expire, and determine whether the first serving cell corresponding to the second network device satisfies the condition for triggering the reporting of the power headroom report.
  • the terminal device may judge the second PUSCH according to whether the path loss change value of the second PUSCH repetition (or the path loss reference signal corresponding to the second beam) exceeds the second PHR transmission power factor change value and whether the PHR transmission prohibition timer expires. Whether the repetition meets the condition of triggering and reporting the power headroom report.
  • the terminal device may determine that the power headroom report is triggered on the first PUSCH repetition according to the path loss reference signal of the first serving cell or the first beam meets the conditions for triggering the report of the power headroom report. volume report.
  • the second trigger condition the PHR periodic timer (periodicPHR-Timer) times out.
  • a periodicPHR-Timer timer may be set on the terminal device side.
  • the terminal device can report the power headroom report to the network device through the data channel. Further, after the terminal device reports the power headroom report to the network device, the periodicPHR-Timer timer may be restarted.
  • the periodicPHR-Timer timer may be restarted. For the second trigger condition above, it can be considered that the terminal device periodically reports the power headroom report to the network device.
  • the third trigger condition when reconfiguring PHR-related parameters or timers.
  • the terminal device can send The network device reports a power headroom report.
  • the first information may be a high-level configuration or a reconfiguration power headroom reporting function.
  • the fourth trigger condition an uplink secondary serving cell (secondary cell, SCell) configured for the terminal device is activated.
  • secondary cell secondary cell
  • the secondary serving cell and the primary serving cell may be configured for the terminal device, and when the secondary serving cell is activated, the terminal device may report a power headroom report to the network device.
  • the terminal device may report a power headroom report to the network device.
  • the fifth trigger condition adding a primary and secondary cell (primary sCell, PSCell) for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device when a PSCell is added to a terminal device, the terminal device may be triggered to report a power headroom report.
  • the sixth trigger condition switching occurs in the active bandwidth part.
  • the terminal device may report a power headroom report to the network device.
  • the seventh trigger condition the prohibitPHR-Timer expires, and the power management maximum power reduction (P-MPR) is greater than or equal to the threshold value, and the P-MPR may also be called a power fallback value.
  • P-MPR power management maximum power reduction
  • the terminal device can report the power headroom report to the network device through the data channel.
  • the threshold value of the power backoff value may be configured by the network device for the terminal device. Further, after the terminal device reports the power headroom report to the network device, it can restart the prohibitPHR-Timer timer.
  • S503 The terminal device determines the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
  • the first power headroom is determined according to the first PUSCH repetition
  • the second power headroom is determined according to the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the terminal device may be multiple manners for the terminal device to determine the first power headroom and the second power headroom, and the manners A1 to A3 are exemplified below.
  • the terminal device may determine the first power headroom based on the first PUSCH repetition, and determine the second power headroom based on the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the terminal device determines the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition. Therefore, the terminal device may determine the first power headroom based on the first PUSCH repetition, and determine the second power headroom based on the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition according to formula (1) in case 1, and at least one of the first beam, the first power control parameter, or the first PUSCH repetition, And use the power headroom as the first power headroom.
  • the formula (1) in case 1 and at least one of the second beam, the second power control parameter, or the second PUSCH repetition determine the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom.
  • the first power headroom may be determined based on the first PUSCH repetition corresponding to the first beam
  • the second power headroom may be determined based on the second PUSCH repetition corresponding to the second beam.
  • the terminal device may also determine the power headroom based on the reference PUSCH.
  • the terminal device may determine the power headroom based on the formula (2) in the second case.
  • the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition according to formula (1) in case 1, and use the power headroom as the first power headroom.
  • the power headroom of the reference PUSCH is determined according to the formula (2) in the second case, and the power headroom is used as the second power headroom.
  • the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition according to the formula (1) in the first case, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom.
  • the power headroom of the reference PUSCH is determined according to the formula (2) in the second case, and the power headroom is used as the first power headroom.
  • the terminal device may also determine the power headroom based on the path loss reference signal corresponding to the beam.
  • the power headroom may be determined based on the formula (3) in the third case.
  • the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition according to formula (1) in case 1, and use the power headroom as the first power headroom.
  • the power headroom of the path loss reference signal corresponding to the second beam is determined according to the formula (3) in the third case, and the power headroom is used as the second power headroom.
  • the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition according to formula (1) in case 1, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom.
  • the power headroom of the path loss reference signal corresponding to the first beam is determined according to the formula (3) in the third case, and the power headroom is used as the first power headroom.
  • S504 The terminal device reports the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
  • the terminal device may send the first power headroom and the second power headroom to the first network device on the first PUSCH repetition.
  • the terminal device may send the first power headroom and the second power headroom to the second network device on the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom may be carried on the power headroom report MAC CE and sent.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may be transmitted on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • triggering the power headroom report may be related to the first PUSCH repetition or the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the terminal device determines that the transmittable uplink transmission resource is the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition according to the uplink grant scheduling signaling (for example, the first indication information). Two PUSCH repetitions are taken as an example.
  • the terminal device can send a power headroom report MAC CE to the first network device and the second network device respectively on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE can be Carrying a first power headroom and a second power headroom.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may include a first field and a second field.
  • the first field may be used to indicate the first power headroom
  • the second field may be used to indicate the second power headroom.
  • the first field may be used to indicate the power headroom level of the reported first power headroom.
  • the second field may be used to indicate the power headroom level of the reported second power headroom.
  • the length of the first field (PH1-1) may be 6 bits
  • the length of the second field (PH2-1) may be 6 bits.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may also include a maximum power indication field corresponding to the first power headroom, which may be used to indicate the maximum power value of the first power headroom, for example, P CMAX, f, c1 .
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may also include a maximum power indication field corresponding to the second power headroom, which may be used to indicate the maximum power value of the second power headroom, for example, P CMAX,f,c,1 .
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may also include a P field corresponding to the first power headroom, and the setting of the value of the P field needs to meet the (Maximum Permissible Exposure, MPE) requirement, or, the P field is used to indicate whether the power headroom A power fallback was performed.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may also include a V field corresponding to the first power headroom, and the V field indicates whether the PH value is calculated based on actual transmission or reference PUSCH. For example, when the V field is 1, it can be used to indicate that the PH value is calculated based on actual transmission. When the V field is 0, it can be used to indicate that the PH value is calculated based on the reference PUSCH.
  • the first power headroom (PH1-1) of the first PUSCH repetition corresponding to the first beam may be calculated based on the first PUSCH repetition, therefore, the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 1.
  • the second power headroom (PH2-1) of the second PUSCH repetition corresponding to the second beam may be calculated based on the second PUSCH repetition, therefore, the V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 1.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may include a set of indication fields.
  • the indication field set can be used to indicate whether there is a PHR report on each carrier, that is, as shown in FIG. . Whether the serving cells C1-C3 have PHR reports.
  • four indication fields may be included, which are respectively used to indicate whether the primary serving cell R and serving cells C1-C3 of the second network device have PHR reports.
  • the R and Ci fields indicate whether the PHR corresponding to the primary serving cell and serving cell i exists. For example, when the indication field is 1, it can indicate that the serving cell corresponding to the indication field has reported a PHR. For example, when the indication field is 0, It may indicate that the serving cell corresponding to the indication field has not reported the PHR.
  • the primary serving cell R in the power headroom report can be the first serving cell. Therefore, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the value of the indication field R is 1, and the values of other indication fields C1-C3 is 0.
  • the following methods 1 and 2 are used to illustrate the possible ways of sorting the power headroom and indication fields in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the multiple indication fields in the indication field set may be arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell index ServCellIndex corresponding to the indication field, and then arranged in ascending order according to the beam index corresponding to the indication field.
  • it may first arrange in ascending order according to the serving cell index corresponding to the indication field, and then arrange in ascending order according to the index of the network device corresponding to the indication field.
  • the serving cell index corresponding to the indication field may be arranged in ascending order first, and then arranged in ascending order according to the beam index (or path loss reference signal index) corresponding to the indication field.
  • the sorting manner of the power headroom may be: first arrange in ascending order according to the serving cell index corresponding to the power headroom, and then arrange in ascending order according to the beam index (or path loss reference signal index) corresponding to the power headroom.
  • the serving cell index corresponding to the power headroom may be arranged in ascending order first, and then the beam index corresponding to the power headroom may be arranged in ascending order.
  • the serving cell index corresponding to the power headroom may be arranged in ascending order first, and then arranged in ascending order according to the index of the network device corresponding to the power headroom.
  • the first field and the second field may be arranged in ascending order based on the beam index of the beam. For example, if the beam index of the first beam is earlier than the beam index of the second beam, the power headroom In the report MAC CE, it is sorted in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field.
  • the first field and the second field may be arranged in ascending order based on the index of the SRS resource set, for example, the index of the first SRS resource set corresponding to the first beam is earlier than the index of the second SRS resource set corresponding to the second beam
  • the power headroom report MAC CE is arranged in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field.
  • the first field and the second field may be arranged in ascending order based on the path reference signal index, for example, the path reference signal index of the path reference signal corresponding to the first power headroom is earlier than the path reference signal index of the second power headroom
  • the power headroom report MAC CE is arranged in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field.
  • the first field and the second field can be arranged in ascending order based on the index of the network equipment, for example, the index of the first network equipment is earlier than the index of the second network equipment, then the power headroom report MAC CE in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field.
  • the manner in which the serving cell indexes corresponding to the indication field are arranged in ascending order may be R, C1, C2, and C3 in sequence.
  • the serving cell index corresponding to the power headroom can be arranged in ascending order in order of the power headroom corresponding to the primary serving cell R, the power headroom corresponding to the serving cell C1, the power headroom corresponding to the serving cell C2, and the power headroom corresponding to the serving cell C3. quantity.
  • the ordering method of the indication fields can be as shown in FIG.
  • the power headroom of a serving cell eg, primary serving cell R
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom may be carried in a power headroom field corresponding to the indication field R.
  • the first field is used to indicate the first power headroom
  • the second field is used to indicate the second power headroom.
  • the multiple indication fields in the indication field set may be arranged in ascending order according to the beam index corresponding to the indication field, and then arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell index corresponding to the indication field.
  • it may first be arranged in ascending order according to the index of the network device corresponding to the indication field, and then arranged in ascending order according to the index of the serving cell corresponding to the indication field.
  • the beam indexes (or path loss reference signal indexes) corresponding to the indication fields may be arranged in ascending order first, and then the serving cell indexes corresponding to the indication fields may be arranged in ascending order.
  • the sorting method of the power headroom may be as follows: first arrange in ascending order according to the beam index (or path loss reference signal index or network device index or SRS resource set index) corresponding to the power headroom, and then sort according to the service The cell indexes are sorted in ascending order.
  • the ordering method of the indication fields can be as shown in FIG. 7b, that is, TRP# Primary serving cell R of 1, primary serving cell R of TRP#2, serving cell C1 of TRP#1, serving cell C1 of TRP#2, serving cell C2 of TRP#1, serving cell C2 of TRP#2, TRP# The serving cell C3 of 1 and the serving cell C3 of TRP#2.
  • the power headroom of the first serving cell (for example, the primary serving cell R) in FIG. 6 includes a first power headroom and a second power headroom.
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom When there is only one serving cell in power headroom sorting, it can be arranged in ascending order based on the beam index, taking the first beam index prior to the second beam index as an example, as shown in Figure 7b, the first power headroom and the second power headroom
  • the headroom may be carried in the power headroom field corresponding to the indication field R.
  • the first field is used to indicate the first power headroom (PH1-1), and the second field is used to indicate the second power headroom (PH2-1).
  • the arrangement of the beam indexes is illustrated as an example in which the beam indexes corresponding to the power headroom are arranged in ascending order.
  • the arrangement of the power headroom based on the beam indexes can also be in other ways
  • the sorting for example, sorting in descending order or random sorting, the specific implementation method can refer to the sorting in ascending order above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the arrangement manner of the beam index is still used as an example to illustrate that the beam index corresponding to the power headroom is arranged in ascending order, and other manners will not be described in detail.
  • Combining scenario 1 as shown in FIG. 8 , it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method specifically includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device acquires uplink transmission resources.
  • the uplink transmission resources may include the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition can be configured with reference to the manner a1 and the manner a2 of the first configuration information in S501, and details are not repeated here.
  • the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the terminal device may perform S803 and S804 after performing S802.
  • the terminal device may report the power headroom in an existing manner.
  • the terminal device and the first network device can also negotiate in other ways whether to use the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE in the embodiment of the present application to report the power headroom, which is not limited here.
  • the terminal device may also report capability information to the first network device, where the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
  • the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
  • the first network device may determine that the MAC CE of the power headroom report reported by the terminal device has a structure including the first field and the second field.
  • the first network device and the terminal device may also negotiate in other ways, report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE, or report the first power headroom and the first field in the power headroom report MAC CE Second power headroom.
  • the first network device may also send a capability request message to the terminal device to request the terminal device to report the capability information. In order to save the signaling overhead of the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device triggers to report a power headroom report.
  • S803 The terminal device determines the first field and the second field.
  • the first field indicates the first power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition
  • the second field indicates the second power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the second PUSCH repetition corresponds to the first beam
  • the second PUSCH repetition corresponds to the second beam.
  • S804 The terminal device reports the first field and the second field.
  • the terminal device reports the first field and the second field to the first network device on the first PUSCH repetition.
  • the terminal device can report the first field and the second field.
  • the first field and the second field can be the power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
  • Combination mode 1 the reporting order is sorted in ascending order according to the serving cell index corresponding to the first field, and then sorted in ascending order according to the serving cell index in the second field; wherein, the first beam index and the second beam index are in ascending order.
  • a first power headroom is indicated in the first field
  • a second power headroom is indicated in the second field. Therefore, the manner of reporting the first field and the second field can be as shown in FIG. 7a .
  • Combination mode 2 The reporting order is firstly sorted in ascending order according to beam indexes of the first field and the second field, and then sorted in ascending order of the first field and the second field according to the serving cell indexes of the first field and the second field.
  • a first power headroom is indicated in the first field
  • a second power headroom is indicated in the second field. Therefore, the manner of reporting the first field and the second field can be as shown in FIG. 7b .
  • the first field and the second field may be arranged in ascending order based on the index of the network equipment, for example, the index of the first network equipment is earlier than the index of the second network equipment, then the power headroom report MAC CE in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field.
  • the first field and the second field can be arranged in ascending order based on the beam index of the beam, for example, the beam index of the first beam is earlier than the beam index of the second beam, then the power headroom report MAC CE in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field.
  • the first field and the second field may be arranged in ascending order based on the index of the SRS resource set, for example, the index of the first SRS resource set corresponding to the first beam is earlier than the index of the second SRS resource set corresponding to the second beam
  • the power headroom report MAC CE is arranged in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field.
  • the first field and the second field may be arranged in ascending order based on the path reference signal index, for example, the path reference signal index of the path reference signal corresponding to the first power headroom is earlier than the path reference signal index of the second power headroom
  • the power headroom report MAC CE is arranged in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field.
  • two PHRs are reported in the mTRP PUSCH repetition scenario, and the UE can report the power headroom of the repetitions corresponding to the two beam directions to report the PHRs corresponding to the two TRPs, helping the two TRPs to adjust the corresponding PUSCH power.
  • FIG. 9 it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method specifically includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device acquires uplink transmission resources.
  • the first network device may configure uplink transmission resources for the terminal device.
  • the first network device may send the first configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate uplink transmission resources of the terminal equipment.
  • the uplink transmission resource configured for the terminal device may include a PUSCH for sending non-repetitive data.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate the configuration information of the third PUSCH, and the third PUSCH may be an uplink transmission resource corresponding to the first serving cell (for example, serving cell #1).
  • the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition are located in the uplink transmission resource of the same serving cell.
  • the uplink transmission resource that the terminal device can also obtain includes: the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the method of obtaining the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition can be determined by referring to method a1 and method a2.
  • the first configuration information carries the configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition and the configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the terminal The device may obtain configuration information of the first SRS resource set and configuration information of the second SRS resource set. The terminal device may determine the first PUSCH repetition according to the configuration information of the first SRS resource set, and determine the second PUSCH repetition according to the configuration information of the second SRS resource set.
  • the configuration information of the third PUSCH may be used to indicate the configuration information corresponding to the first beam, or the configuration information of the first power control parameter configuration information. Therefore, after obtaining the configuration information of the third PUSCH, the terminal device may use the first beam on the third PUSCH to send data to the first network device.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device triggers the power headroom report on the third PUSCH, it may further determine the power headroom based on the third PUSCH, that is, determine the power headroom corresponding to the first beam.
  • the first configuration information may also be used to indicate the first beam or to indicate the first power control parameter.
  • the terminal device may determine the third PUSCH corresponding to the first beam based on the first configuration information.
  • the terminal device may determine the third PUSCH corresponding to the first power control parameter based on the first power control parameter.
  • the terminal device may determine the third PUSCH based on the first beam and the first power control parameter indicated in the first configuration information.
  • the terminal device may obtain the first beam associated with the first SRS resource set according to the configuration information of the first SRS resource set, that is, the terminal device may obtain the first beam indicated in the first configuration information.
  • the terminal device may obtain the first power control parameter indicated in the first configuration information according to the configuration information of the first SRS resource set.
  • the terminal device may also obtain corresponding precoding information according to configuration information of the first SRS resource set. Therefore, the terminal device can use the beam direction of the first beam to send the third PUSCH transmission to the first network device at the transmission opportunity corresponding to the first SRS resource according to the configuration information of the first SRS resource set or corresponding precoding information .
  • the terminal device may also obtain uplink scheduling signaling or configuration scheduling information, so as to determine to send data on the uplink transmission resource.
  • the first network device may send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information may be used to instruct the UE to send the third PUSCH transmission to the first network device in the first serving cell.
  • the terminal device uses the beam direction of the first beam to send the third PUSCH transmission to the first network device at the transmission opportunity corresponding to the first SRS resource.
  • the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the specific structures of the first field and the second field can be referred to below, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device may perform S903 and S904 after performing S902.
  • the terminal device may report the power headroom in an existing manner.
  • the terminal device and the first network device can also negotiate in other ways whether to use the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE in the embodiment of the present application to report the power headroom, which is not limited here.
  • the terminal device may also report capability information to the first network device, where the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
  • the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
  • the first network device may determine that the MAC CE of the power headroom report reported by the terminal device has a structure including the first field and the second field.
  • the first network device and the terminal device may also negotiate in other ways, report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE, or report the first power headroom and the first field in the power headroom report MAC CE Second power headroom.
  • the first network device may also send a capability request message to the terminal device to request the terminal device to report the capability information. In order to save the signaling overhead of the terminal equipment.
  • S902 The terminal device triggers to report a power headroom report.
  • the terminal device can trigger the reporting of the power headroom report by referring to the seven trigger conditions in S402. When one or more of the seven trigger conditions are met, the terminal device can trigger the report of the power headroom, that is, the terminal device sends Power headroom report.
  • the terminal device can obtain the first trigger information and the second trigger information, and determine whether the condition is satisfied based on the first trigger information and the second trigger information Triggering conditions.
  • the change value of the PHR transmission power factor may be the threshold value of the path loss of the first serving cell corresponding to the first network device, and the terminal device may determine whether the change value of the path loss corresponding to the first network device exceeds the threshold value of the PHR transmission Whether the power factor change value and the PHR transmission prohibition timer expires, and determine whether the first serving cell corresponding to the first network device meets the conditions for triggering the report of the power headroom report, that is, judges whether the third PUSCH meets the conditions for triggering the report of the power headroom report .
  • the terminal device may determine whether the third PUSCH meets the requirements for triggering the report of the power headroom report according to whether the change value of the path loss of the third PUSCH corresponding to the first network device exceeds the change value of the PHR transmission power factor and whether the PHR transmission prohibition timer expires. condition.
  • the PHR transmission power factor change value may be the same as or different from the first PHR transmission power factor change value, which is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device determines the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
  • the terminal device may determine the first power headroom based on the third PUSCH.
  • the terminal device may determine the second power headroom based on the reference PUSCH.
  • triggering power headroom reporting may be related to the third PUSCH.
  • the terminal device determines that the transmittable uplink transmission resource is the third PUSCH repetition according to the uplink grant scheduling signaling (for example, the second indication information) , at this time, the terminal device may send a power headroom report MAC CE to the first network device on the third PUSCH, and the power headroom report MAC CE may carry the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
  • modes B1 to B2 are used as examples for illustration.
  • the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the third PUSCH based on the third PUSCH according to formula (1), and use the power headroom of the third PUSCH as the first power headroom.
  • the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the reference PUSCH according to formula (2), and use the power headroom of the reference PUSCH as the first power headroom.
  • S904 The UE reports the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom are carried in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may be transmitted on the third PUSCH.
  • the power headroom report is a specific trigger condition, which can be referred to the trigger conditions of S402 and S902, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device determines that the transmittable uplink transmission resource is the third PUSCH repetition according to the uplink grant scheduling signaling (for example, the second indication information), at this time, the terminal device can be in
  • the power headroom report MAC CE is sent to the first network device on the third PUSCH, and the power headroom report MAC CE may carry the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
  • the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE can be as shown in Figure 11a and Figure 11b
  • Figure 11a is an example of a way of sorting the indication field and the field corresponding to the power headroom in a combined manner
  • Figure 11a 11b is an example of a way of sorting the indication field and the field corresponding to the power headroom in combination with the second way.
  • an indication field and a set of power headroom fields may be included.
  • Each indication field in the indication field set is used to indicate whether the serving cell corresponding to the power headroom report has a reported power headroom.
  • the power headroom field set includes a first field corresponding to the first power headroom and a second field corresponding to the second power headroom.
  • the power headroom field set may include a first field and a second field.
  • the first field may be used to indicate the first power headroom
  • the second field may be used to indicate the second power headroom.
  • the first field may be used to indicate the power headroom level of the reported first power headroom.
  • the second field may be used to indicate the power headroom level of the reported second power headroom.
  • the length of the second field may be 6 bits
  • the length of the first field may be 6 bits.
  • the first field may also be used to indicate the maximum power value of the first power headroom, for example, P CMAX,f,c .
  • the second field may also be used to indicate the maximum power value of the second power headroom, for example, P CMAX,f,c .
  • the V field corresponding to the second power headroom can be 0, for details, refer to FIG. 11a and FIG. 11b.
  • Combining scenario 2 as shown in FIG. 12 , it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method specifically includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device acquires uplink transmission resources.
  • the uplink transmission resources may include the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
  • reference may be made to the configuration of the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH in the first configuration information in S901 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the terminal device may perform S1203 and S1204 after performing S1202.
  • the terminal device may report the power headroom in an existing manner.
  • the terminal device and the first network device can also negotiate in other ways whether to use the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE in the embodiment of the present application to report the power headroom, which is not limited here.
  • the terminal device may also report capability information to the first network device, where the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
  • the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
  • the first network device may determine that the MAC CE of the power headroom report reported by the terminal device has a structure including the first field and the second field.
  • the first network device and the terminal device may also negotiate in other ways, report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE, or report the first power headroom and the first field in the power headroom report MAC CE Second power headroom.
  • the first network device may also send a capability request message to the terminal device to request the terminal device to report the capability information. In order to save the signaling overhead of the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device triggers to report a power headroom report.
  • S1203 The terminal device determines the first field and the second field.
  • the first field indicates the first power headroom of the third PUSCH
  • the second field indicates the second power headroom of the reference PUSCH.
  • the third PUSCH corresponds to the first beam.
  • S1204 The terminal device reports the first field and the second field.
  • the terminal device reports the first field and the second field to the first network device on the third PUSCH.
  • the terminal device can report the first field and the second field.
  • the first field and the second field can be the power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
  • the examples in Fig. 11a and Fig. 11b for the specific reported power headroom report MAC CE manner, which will not be repeated here.
  • the present application proposes a communication method. As shown in FIG. 13 , it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method specifically includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device acquires uplink transmission resources.
  • the first network device may configure uplink transmission resources for the terminal device.
  • the first network device may send the first configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate uplink transmission resources of the terminal equipment.
  • the uplink transmission resource configured for the terminal device may include PUSCH for sending non-repetitive data and repetition of PUSCH for sending repeated data.
  • the uplink transmission resources for sending repeated data may include: a first PUSCH repetition and a second PUSCH repetition, and the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition correspondingly send the same transmission block.
  • the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition correspond to the same serving cell, for example, the first serving cell.
  • S501 for details about the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition, reference may be made to S501, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first configuration information may include: configuration information for indicating the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the first configuration information may also include: configuration information for indicating the fourth PUSCH, the fourth PUSCH may be the uplink transmission resource corresponding to the second serving cell, that is, the fourth PUSCH is repeated with the first PUSCH and the second PUSCH Uplink transmission resources located in different serving cells (for example, serving cell #2).
  • the beam direction of the beam corresponding to the fourth PUSCH may be the same as the beam direction of the first beam, or may be different from the beam direction of the first beam, or, the power control parameter corresponding to the fourth PUSCH may repeat the power control parameter corresponding to the first PUSCH
  • the parameters are the same, and may also be different from the power control parameters corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition.
  • the first network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, and the first indication information may be used to instruct the UE to send the first PUSCH repeated transmission to the first network device in the first serving cell.
  • the first indication information It may also be used to instruct the UE to send the second PUSCH repeated transmission to the second network device in the first serving cell.
  • the first network device may further send third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information may be used to instruct the UE to send a fourth PUSCH transmission to the first network device in the second serving cell.
  • the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the terminal device may perform S1303 and S1304 after performing S1302.
  • the terminal device may report the power headroom in an existing manner.
  • the terminal device and the first network device can also negotiate in other ways whether to use the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE in the embodiment of the present application to report the power headroom, which is not limited here.
  • the terminal device may also report capability information to the first network device, where the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
  • the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
  • the first network device may determine that the MAC CE of the power headroom report reported by the terminal device has a structure including the first field and the second field.
  • the first network device and the terminal device may also negotiate in other ways, report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE, or report the first power headroom and the first field in the power headroom report MAC CE Second power headroom.
  • the first network device may also send a capability request message to the terminal device to request the terminal device to report the capability information. In order to save the signaling overhead of the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device triggers to report a power headroom report.
  • the terminal device can trigger the reporting of the power headroom report by referring to the seven trigger conditions in S402. When one or more of the seven trigger conditions are met, the terminal device can trigger the report of the power headroom, that is, the terminal device sends Power headroom report.
  • the PHR transmission power factor change value can be the threshold value of the path loss of the second serving cell corresponding to the first network device, and the terminal device can Whether the change value of the path loss of the second serving cell exceeds the change value of the PHR transmission power factor and whether the PHR transmission prohibition timer expires, determines whether the fourth PUSCH satisfies the condition for triggering the report of the power headroom report.
  • the terminal device may determine whether the fourth PUSCH meets the requirements for triggering the report of the power headroom report according to whether the change value of the path loss of the fourth PUSCH corresponding to the first network device exceeds the change value of the PHR transmission power factor and whether the PHR transmission prohibition timer expires. condition.
  • the PHR transmission power factor change value may be the same as or different from the second PHR transmission power factor change value, and the PHR transmission power factor change value may be the same as the first PHR transmission power factor change value.
  • the values are the same or different, which is not limited here.
  • the terminal device determines the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
  • the terminal device may determine the first power headroom based on the first PUSCH repetition.
  • the second power headroom may be determined according to the repetition of the second PUSCH, or may be determined according to the path loss signal of the second PUSCH.
  • the terminal device may determine the first power headroom based on the third PUSCH.
  • the second power headroom may be determined according to a reference PUSCH transmission, the second power headroom may be determined according to a second PUSCH repetition, or may be determined according to a path loss signal of the second PUSCH.
  • the terminal device can determine the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition according to formula (1) in case 1 and at least one of the first beam, the first power control parameter, or the first PUSCH repetition, and use the The power headroom serves as the first power headroom.
  • the formula (1) in case 1 and at least one of the second beam, the second power control parameter, or the second PUSCH repetition, determine the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom.
  • the terminal device can determine the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition according to formula (1) in case 1 and at least one of the second beam, the second power control parameter, or the second PUSCH repetition, and set the power headroom The headroom is used as the second power headroom.
  • the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the reference PUSCH repetition according to the formula (2) in the second case, and use the power headroom as the first power headroom.
  • the terminal device may determine the power headroom according to formula (3) in case three and the path loss reference signal corresponding to the first beam or first PUSCH repetition, and use the power headroom as the first power headroom.
  • the terminal device can determine the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition according to formula (1) in case 1 and at least one of the first beam, the first power control parameter, or the first PUSCH, and use the power headroom amount as the first power headroom.
  • the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the reference PUSCH repetition according to the formula (2) in the second case, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom.
  • the terminal device may determine the power headroom according to formula (3) in case three and the path loss reference signal corresponding to the second beam, the second power control parameter, or the second PUSCH repetition, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom.
  • the terminal device may first determine the PUSCH repetition that is earlier in the time domain repetition of the fourth PUSCH repetition, for example, the first PUSCH repetition overlaps or partially overlaps the fourth PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and the second PUSCH repetition overlaps with the fourth PUSCH repetition in the time domain.
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps or partially overlaps in the time domain.
  • the PUSCH repetition for determining the power headroom using formula (1) may be determined according to the transmission opportunity of the first PUSCH repetition and the transmission opportunity of the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the terminal device may use formula (2) in case 2 or formula (3) in case 3 and the first beam,
  • the first power control parameter or at least one item of the path loss reference signal corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition determines the power headroom, and uses the power headroom as the first power headroom.
  • the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition according to the formula (1) in the first case, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom.
  • the terminal device can determine the power headroom of the third PUSCH according to formula (1) in case 1 and at least one of the first beam, the first power control parameter, or the third PUSCH, and use the power headroom amount as the first power headroom.
  • the formula (2) in the second case the power headroom of the reference PUSCH is determined, and the power headroom is used as the second power headroom.
  • Method C6 The terminal device can determine the power headroom of the third PUSCH repetition according to formula (3) in case three and at least one of the first beam, the first power control parameter, or the path loss reference signal corresponding to the third PUSCH , and use the power headroom as the first power headroom.
  • the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the reference PUSCH repetition according to the formula (2) in the second case, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom.
  • the terminal device may determine the power headroom according to the formula (2) in the second case, and use the power headroom as the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
  • S1304 The terminal device reports the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom are carried in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may be transmitted on the fourth PUSCH.
  • triggering power headroom reporting may be related to the fourth PUSCH. Taking after determining that the power headroom report is triggered, the terminal device determines that the transmittable uplink transmission resource is the fourth PUSCH repetition according to the uplink authorization scheduling signaling (for example, the third indication information), at this time, the terminal device can be in The power headroom report MAC CE is sent to the first network device on the fourth PUSCH, and the power headroom report MAC CE may carry the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
  • the following uses methods D1 to D3 to illustrate possible ways of reporting the first power headroom and the second power headroom based on the case where the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain.
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with one of the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain.
  • the terminal device may obtain first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH to the first network device and the second network device respectively repeat and the second PUSCH repeats.
  • the terminal device may acquire second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the third PUSCH transmission to the first network device.
  • the terminal device may acquire third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the fourth PUSCH transmission to the first network device.
  • the first serving cell where the fourth PUSCH is located has the same subcarrier spacing as the second serving cell where the first and second PUSCH repetitions are located, and the time slot where the fourth PUSCH is located is the same as the time slot where the first PUSCH repetition is located.
  • the slot overlaps with one of the slots where the second PUSCH repetition is located.
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom may be determined based on manner C1 or manner C2, and the first power headroom and the second power headroom are sent on the fourth PUSCH.
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom may be reported in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE includes the first power headroom and the second power headroom, reference may be made to the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE in Example 1 to Example 4, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device may also report the third power headroom (PH1-2) of the second serving cell corresponding to the fourth PUSCH.
  • the manner of determining the third power headroom may be determined with reference to the formula (1) in case 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • the power headroom currently reported below may include the first power headroom (PH1-1), the second power headroom (PH2-1), and the third power headroom (PH1-1) of the second serving cell corresponding to the fourth PUSCH 2) As an example to illustrate.
  • Combination mode 1 may be sorted in the frequency domain first and then in the time domain.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may include a third field, which is used to indicate the third power headroom.
  • the indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1.
  • the sorting manner of the power headroom may be that the first field, the third field, and the second field are sorted sequentially.
  • the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 1.
  • the V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 1.
  • the V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
  • Combination mode 2 may be sorted in the time domain first and then in the frequency domain, and the sorting mode of the power headroom may be sorted by the first field, the second field, and the third field in sequence.
  • the indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1.
  • the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 1.
  • the V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 1.
  • the V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with more than one PUSCH in the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
  • the time domain overlap between the fourth PUSCH and the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition can also be understood as that the subcarrier spacing of the second serving cell where the fourth PUSCH is located is smaller than that of the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the second PUSCH repeats the subcarrier spacing of the first serving cell, and the fourth PUSCH overlaps with more than one PUSCH repetition on the first serving cell in a time domain. For example, as shown in FIG. 16a, the time slot in which the fourth PUSCH is located overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition in time slot 0 and time slot 1.
  • the time slot of the fourth PUSCH and the time slot of the first PUSCH repetition overlap in time domain.
  • the time slot where the fourth PUSCH is located overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition in time slot 0 in the time domain.
  • the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition transmitted on the first serving cell are type B PUSCH repetitions.
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom may be determined based on manner C1 or manner C3, and the first power headroom and the second power headroom are sent on the fourth PUSCH.
  • the terminal device may determine the first power headroom and the second power headroom according to manner C4. For example, in the serving cell #1, the terminal device uses the first PUSCH repetition overlapping the fourth PUSCH on the serving cell #2 as the first PUSCH repetition overlapping the fourth PUSCH time domain. At this time, the terminal device may also determine the first power headroom and the second power headroom according to manner C4.
  • the structure of the reported power headroom report MAC CE can refer to FIG. 15a and FIG. 15b , and will not be repeated here.
  • the fourth PUSCH on the serving cell #2 does not overlap with the first PUSCH on the serving cell #1. And/or, the fourth PUSCH on serving cell #2 does not overlap with the second PUSCH on serving cell #1.
  • the terminal device determines that the first PUSCH on time slot 0 is not transmitted repeatedly, the second PUSCH on time slot 1 is repeatedly transmitted, and the fourth PUSCH is repeated with the first PUSCH on time slot 0 and on time slot 1.
  • the second PUSCH repetitions overlap in the time domain.
  • the terminal device may determine the first power headroom (for example, determined according to the reference PUSCH) and the second power headroom (for example, determined according to the second PUSCH repetition) according to manner C5.
  • the structure of the reported power headroom report MAC CE can refer to the examples in Fig. 18a and Fig. 18b.
  • Combination mode 1 can be the way of frequency domain sorting first and then time domain sorting.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE it can include the first field, the second field and the third field, and the third field uses to indicate the third power headroom.
  • the indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1.
  • the sorting manner of the power headroom may be that the first field, the third field, and the second field are sorted sequentially.
  • the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 0.
  • the V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 1.
  • the V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
  • Combination mode 2 may be sorted in the time domain first and then in the frequency domain, and the sorting mode of the power headroom may be sorted by the first field, the second field, and the third field in sequence.
  • the indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1.
  • the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 0.
  • the V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 1.
  • the V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
  • the UE does not receive the second indication information, and there is no PUSCH overlapping with the fourth PUSCH in the time domain in the first serving cell, or in other words, the time slot overlapping with the fourth PUSCH in the first serving cell There is no PUSCH transmission in the time slot, and the first serving cell is an activated serving cell and configured with first and second SRS resource sets.
  • the terminal device may determine the first power headroom (for example, determined according to the reference PUSCH) and the second power headroom (for example, determined according to the reference PUSCH) according to manner C7.
  • the structure of the reported power headroom report MAC CE can refer to the examples in FIG. 20a and FIG. 20b.
  • Combination mode 1 can be the way of sorting in the frequency domain first and then in the time domain.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE it can include the first field, the second field and the third field, and the third field uses to indicate the third power headroom.
  • the indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1.
  • the sorting manner of the power headroom may be that the first field, the third field, and the second field are sorted sequentially.
  • the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 0.
  • the V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 0.
  • the V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
  • Combination mode 2 may be sorted in the time domain first and then sorted in the frequency domain, and the sorting mode of the power headroom may be sorted by the first field, the second field, and the third field in sequence.
  • the indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1.
  • the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 0.
  • the V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 0.
  • the V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
  • the UE receives the first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the UE to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition to the first network device and the second network device respectively, or the third indication information uses To instruct the UE to send a third PUSCH transmission to the first network device.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the UE to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition to the first network device and the second network device respectively
  • the third indication information uses To instruct the UE to send a third PUSCH transmission to the first network device.
  • the terminal device may determine the first power headroom (for example, determined according to the first PUSCH repetition) and the second power headroom (for example, determined according to the reference PUSCH) according to manner C6 or manner C7.
  • the structure of the reported power headroom report MAC CE can refer to the examples in Fig. 18a and Fig. 18b.
  • Combination mode 1 can be the way of sorting in the frequency domain first and then in the time domain.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE it can include the first field, the second field and the third field, and the third field uses to indicate the third power headroom.
  • the indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1.
  • the sorting manner of the power headroom may be that the first field, the third field, and the second field are sorted sequentially.
  • the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 1.
  • the V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 0.
  • the V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
  • Combination mode 2 may be sorted in the time domain first and then in the frequency domain, and the sorting mode of the power headroom may be sorted by the first field, the second field, and the third field in sequence.
  • the indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1.
  • the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 1.
  • the V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 0.
  • the V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
  • a serving cell can only report one power headroom value; the present invention allows a serving cell to report power headroom values corresponding to two TRPs respectively.
  • the UE can report the power headroom of the repetitions corresponding to the two beam directions, so as to report the PHRs corresponding to the two TRPs and help the two TRPs adjust the power of their corresponding PUSCHs.
  • the PHR ordering in the PHR MAC CE is determined.
  • Combining scenario 3 as shown in FIG. 23 , it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method specifically includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device acquires uplink transmission resources.
  • the uplink transmission resource may include the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the fourth PUSCH.
  • reference may be made to the configuration of the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the fourth PUSCH in the first configuration information in S1301, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the specific structures of the first field and the second field can be referred to below, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device may perform S2303 and S2304 after performing S2302.
  • the terminal device may report the power headroom in an existing manner.
  • the terminal device and the first network device can also negotiate in other ways whether to use the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE in the embodiment of the present application to report the power headroom, which is not limited here.
  • the terminal device may also report capability information to the first network device, where the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
  • the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
  • the first network device may determine that the power headroom report MAC CE reported by the terminal device has a structure including the first field and the second field.
  • the first network device and the terminal device may also negotiate in other ways, report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE, or report the first power headroom and the first field in the power headroom report MAC CE Second power headroom.
  • the first network device may also send a capability request message to the terminal device to request the terminal device to report the capability information. In order to save the signaling overhead of the terminal equipment.
  • S2302 The terminal device triggers to report the power headroom report.
  • S2303 The terminal device determines the first field and the second field.
  • the first field indicates the first power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition or the first power headroom of the reference PUSCH
  • the second field indicates the second power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition, or the second power headroom of the reference PUSCH .
  • the first PUSCH repetition corresponds to the first beam.
  • the second PUSCH repetition corresponds to the second beam.
  • S2304 The terminal device reports the first field and the second field.
  • the terminal device reports the first field and the second field to the first network device on the fourth PUSCH.
  • the terminal device there are many ways for the terminal device to report the first field and the second field.
  • the first field and the second field can be the power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE refer to the examples in Figures 15a to 15b, 18a to 18b, 20a to 20b, and 22a to 22b, and will not be repeated here.
  • the UE needs to report the PHR corresponding to multiple carriers in one MAC CE.
  • the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE may include PHRs of multiple cells.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may include a PHR corresponding to at least one carrier corresponding to multiple network devices.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may include a set of power headroom fields.
  • the power headroom field set includes a power headroom field on at least one carrier corresponding to the first network device, and a power headroom field on at least one carrier corresponding to the second network device.
  • the power headroom field on at least one carrier corresponding to the first network device may include a first field, and the first field may be used to indicate the first power headroom field on the first serving cell corresponding to the first network device. quantity.
  • the power headroom field on at least one carrier corresponding to the second network device may include a second field, and the second field may be used to indicate the second power headroom on the first serving cell corresponding to the second network device.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE can include multiple power headrooms
  • the power headroom report MAC CE can include multiple power headrooms.
  • the following uses methods 1 and 2 to illustrate the power headroom report MAC CE. Possible ways of sorting the margin.
  • the sorting of the power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE can be performed according to the ascending order of the serving cell index first, and then according to the ascending order of the beam index.
  • the sorting of the power headroom in the power headroom report MAC C may first be in ascending order according to the serving cell index, and then in ascending order according to the SRS resource set index.
  • the sorting of the power headroom in the power headroom report MAC C may first be in ascending order according to the serving cell index, and then in ascending order according to the path loss reference signal index.
  • the power headroom report may include: the power headroom field set of the first network device and the power headroom field of the second network device gather.
  • the set of power headroom fields for each network device can be arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell index.
  • the power headroom field set of the first network device includes four power fields (for example, as PH1-1 to PH1-4 shown in Fig. 7a). PH1-1 to PH1-4 may be arranged in sequence in the power headroom field set.
  • the serving cell R corresponding to the first network device may be a primary and secondary serving cell of the terminal device, and correspondingly, PH1 may be indication information of power headroom measured under the primary and secondary serving cell.
  • the PH1-1 may also be indication information of type 2 (type 2) power headroom.
  • the type 2 PH can be the nominal maximum transmission power of the terminal equipment and the UL-SCH and PUCCH transmission on the primary and secondary cell (SpCell) of another MAC entity (that is, the e-UTRA MAC entity under EN-DC). Estimated power difference.
  • the PH1-1 field may further include: a maximum transmission power field (carrying Pcmax1) corresponding to the primary and secondary serving cells.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may also include a P field, and the setting of the value of the P field needs to meet the MPE requirements, or the P field is used to indicate whether the power headroom performs power backoff.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may also include a V field, and the V field indicates whether the PH value is calculated based on actual transmission or a reference format.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may also include the PH field (carrying PH1-2) of the first network device or the primary serving cell of the first beam and the corresponding maximum transmission power field (carrying Pcmax2).
  • PH1-2 may be indication information of the PH of the first network device or the primary serving cell of the first beam.
  • PH2 may be the indication information of type 1 power headroom, for example, PH1-2 may be the power headroom level corresponding to the measurement of the primary serving cell (PCell) of the first network device.
  • PH1-2 may be the first power headroom in the example of FIG. 6 .
  • PH1-3 or PH1-4 may be indication information of a PH of a non-primary serving cell (secondary serving cell) corresponding to the first network device.
  • the non-primary serving cell (secondary serving cell) corresponding to one or more X-type first network devices may also be included.
  • the PH field of the primary serving cell for example, the secondary serving cell
  • the corresponding maximum transmission power field for example, the secondary serving cell
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may include a PH field of a type of PH and a corresponding maximum transmission power field, and the type of PH may be a PH of a PUSCH.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may include PH fields of three types of PHs and corresponding maximum transmission power fields, and the three types of PHs may be SRS PHs.
  • PH3 may be the indication information of the power headroom of type X, for example, the value of type X may be 1 or 3, wherein the PH whose value of type X is 1 may be the power headroom corresponding to PUSCH.
  • the PH whose type X is 3 may be the power headroom corresponding to the SRS.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may also include the PH field (for example, PH2-1) of the primary serving cell of the second network device (if present) and the corresponding maximum transmission power field.
  • the PH field (for example, PH2-2 ⁇ PH2-4) of the non-primary serving cell (for example, the secondary serving cell) corresponding to the second network device may also be included, the PH
  • the fields can be arranged in ascending order based on the serving cell index.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may include a PH field (for example, PH2-3 or PH2-4) and a corresponding maximum transmission power field of a type of PH, and the type of PH may be a PH of a PUSCH.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE may include PH fields and corresponding maximum transmission power fields of three types of PHs (for example, PH2-3 or PH2-4), and the three types of PHs may be SRS PHs.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE can include the power headroom of more than 8 serving cells.
  • the combination method 1 is still used.
  • Power headrooms for up to 16 serving cells may be included.
  • the quantity of the power headroom that can include in the power headroom report MAC CE this application does not limit.
  • the specific indication fields can be sorted according to the example shown in Figure 25a, according to the way that different beam indexes in each row account for half, wherein each row can be sorted according to the beam index first, for example, the first network device corresponding The indication field corresponding to each serving cell in the first beam of the first network device, and the indication field corresponding to each serving cell in the second beam corresponding to the second network device.
  • the indication fields of different rows may be arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell index.
  • the indication fields corresponding to the serving cells in the first beam corresponding to the first network device are arranged first, and then the indications corresponding to the serving cells in the second beam corresponding to the second network device are arranged. field.
  • the fields corresponding to the corresponding power headroom can be sorted in combination with method 1.
  • sorting method of power headroom in Figure 25a and Figure 25b, that is, first according to the power headroom corresponding to each network device or each beam
  • the serving cell indexes are sorted, and then sorted according to the beam indexes corresponding to each power headroom, which will not be repeated here.
  • the sorting of the power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE may first be in ascending order according to the beam index, and then in ascending order according to the serving cell index.
  • the sorting of the power headrooms in the power headroom set may first be in ascending order according to the SRS resource set index, and then in ascending order according to the serving cell index.
  • the sorting of the power headrooms in the power headroom set may first be in an ascending order according to the path loss reference signal index, and then be in an ascending order according to the serving cell index.
  • the fields corresponding to the power headroom can be sorted in combination with the second method, that is, the power headroom is first sorted according to the beam index, and then sorted according to the serving cell index of the power headroom, as shown in Figure 26a, the first network device and the second network device correspond to their respective P cmax ; or, as shown in FIG. 26b, the first network device and the second network device share a P cmax (for example, share the P cmax of the second network device in FIG. 26b ), where No longer.
  • FIG. 27 it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method specifically includes the following steps:
  • S2701 The terminal device acquires uplink transmission resources.
  • the first network device may configure uplink transmission resources for the terminal device.
  • the first network device may send the first configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate uplink transmission resources of the terminal equipment.
  • the uplink transmission resource configured for the terminal device may include PUSCH for sending non-repetitive data and repetition of PUSCH for sending repeated data.
  • the uplink transmission resources for sending repeated data may include: a first PUSCH repetition and a second PUSCH repetition, and the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition correspondingly send the same transmission block.
  • the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition correspond to the same serving cell, for example, the first serving cell.
  • S501 for details about the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition, reference may be made to S501, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition are located on the same carrier; optionally, the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition are located in different serving cells of the same carrier; optionally, the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH The repetition corresponds to the first carrier and the second carrier respectively, and the first carrier and the second carrier are independent carriers.
  • the first PUSCH repetition corresponds to the first beam/first power control parameter/path loss reference signal; the second PUSCH repetition corresponds to the second beam/second power control parameter/path loss reference signal. That is to say, the transmission power of the first PUSCH repetition is determined by the first power control parameter/path loss reference signal, and the transmission power of the second PUSCH repetition is determined by the second power control parameter/path loss reference signal.
  • the first configuration information may include: configuration information for indicating the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the first configuration information may also include: configuration information for indicating the third PUSCH, and the third PUSCH may be an uplink transmission resource corresponding to the first serving cell, that is, the first PUSCH is repeated with the first PUSCH and the second The PUSCH repeats uplink transmission resources located in the same serving cell (for example, serving cell #1).
  • the first configuration information may also include: configuration information for indicating the fourth PUSCH, and the fourth PUSCH may be an uplink transmission resource corresponding to the second serving cell, that is, the fourth PUSCH is repeated with the first PUSCH and the second The PUSCH is repeatedly located in uplink transmission resources of different serving cells (for example, serving cell #2).
  • S2702 The terminal device triggers to report the power headroom report.
  • the terminal device can trigger the reporting of the power headroom report by referring to the seven trigger conditions in S402. When one or more of the seven trigger conditions are met, the terminal device can trigger the report of the power headroom, that is, the terminal device sends Power headroom report. For details, refer to the trigger conditions in Scenario 1 to Scenario 3, which will not be repeated here.
  • S2703 Determine whether the transmission timing of the PUSCH that triggers reporting of the power headroom report satisfies a preset condition. If yes, execute S2704; if not, execute S2705.
  • the terminal device may report a power headroom to the first network device.
  • the preset condition may be: the PUSCH that triggers the reporting of the power headroom report is the first PUSCH repetition, and the first PUSCH repetition is the first repeated transmission opportunity.
  • the first beam corresponds to the first path loss reference signal
  • the second beam corresponds to the second path loss reference signal.
  • the path loss change value measured by the first path loss signal exceeds a preset value, and the PHR prohibition timer expires, triggering repeated PHR reporting of the first PUSCH.
  • the transmission timing of the first PUSCH repetition is earlier than the transmission timing of the second PUSCH repetition, it is determined to report the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition.
  • the manner of determining the first power headroom may refer to the manner of determining the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition in Example 1 to Example 6, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first beam corresponds to the first path loss reference signal
  • the second beam corresponds to the second path loss reference signal.
  • the change value of the path loss measured by the first path loss signal exceeds a preset value, and the PHR prohibition timer expires, triggering the reporting of the PHR of the third PUSCH.
  • the transmission timing of the third PUSCH is earlier than the repeated transmission timing of the second PUSCH, it is determined to report the power headroom of the third PUSCH.
  • the manner of determining the power headroom of the three PUSCHs reference may be made to the manner of determining the power headroom of the third PUSCH in Example 1 to Example 6, which will not be repeated here.
  • the preset condition may be: the PUSCH that triggers the reporting of the power headroom report overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and the first PUSCH repetition is the first repeated transmission opportunity.
  • the first beam corresponds to the first path loss reference signal
  • the second beam corresponds to the second path loss reference signal.
  • the path loss change value measured by the first path loss signal exceeds a preset value, and the PHR prohibition timer expires, triggering repeated PHR reporting of the fourth PUSCH.
  • the fourth PUSCH and the first PUSCH are repeated in the time domain, and the fourth PUSCH and the second PUSCH are not overlapped or partially overlapped in the time domain. And when the transmission timing of the first PUSCH repetition is earlier than the transmission timing of the second PUSCH repetition, it is determined to report the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition.
  • Example 1 For the manner of determining the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition, reference may be made to the manner of determining the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition in Example 1 to Example 6, which will not be repeated here.
  • the preset condition may be: the reporting of the power headroom report of the first beam and the reporting of the power headroom report of the second beam are triggered, and the reporting of the power headroom of the PUSCH with an early transmission opportunity is reported.
  • the PHR trigger conditions corresponding to the two TRPs are all satisfied, for example, the path loss changes measured by the path loss reference signal of the two PUSCH repetitions all exceed the preset value, and the PHR prohibition timer expires; or, the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition are both triggered to report the PHR, then report the PHR of the previous PUSCH repetition, or report the PHR of the PUSCH repetition of the first transmission opportunity.
  • the manner of determining the first power headroom may refer to the manner of determining the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition in Example 1 to Example 6, which will not be repeated here.
  • the transmission timing of the second PUSCH is earlier than the transmission timing of the first PUSCH repetition, it is determined to report the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition.
  • a manner of determining the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition reference may be made to the manner of determining the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition in Example 1 to Example 6, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first beam corresponds to the first path loss reference signal
  • the second beam corresponds to the second path loss reference signal.
  • the change value of the path loss measured by the first path loss signal exceeds a preset value, and the PHR prohibition timer expires, triggering the reporting of the PHR of the third PUSCH.
  • the path loss change value measured by the second path loss signal exceeds a preset value, and the PHR prohibition timer expires, triggering repeated PHR reporting of the second PUSCH.
  • the transmission timing of the third PUSCH is earlier than the repeated transmission timing of the second PUSCH, it is determined to report the power headroom corresponding to the first beam (for example, the power headroom of the third PUSCH) on the third PUSCH.
  • the power headroom corresponding to the first beam for example, the power headroom of the third PUSCH
  • the manner of determining the power headroom of the three PUSCHs reference may be made to the manner of determining the power headroom of the third PUSCH in Example 1 to Example 6, which will not be repeated here.
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain, triggering the reporting of the PHR of the fourth PUSCH.
  • the path loss change value measured by the second path loss signal exceeds a preset value, and the PHR prohibition timer expires, triggering repeated PHR reporting of the second PUSCH.
  • the manner of determining the power headroom corresponding to the first beam reported on the fourth PUSCH may refer to the manner of determining the power headroom corresponding to the first beam reported on the fourth PUSCH in Example 5 to Example 6, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device reports the first power headroom on the fifth PUSCH; the transmission timing of the fifth PUSCH is earlier than that of the second PUSCH Repeated transmission timing, the repeated transmission timing of the first PUSCH is earlier than the repeated transmission timing of the second PUSCH;
  • the first power headroom is determined according to the first PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition corresponds to the first transmission beam or the first power control parameter, and the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition use For sending repeated data; the second sending beam or the second power control parameter corresponds to the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the fifth PUSCH satisfies that: the fifth PUSCH is a repetition of the first PUSCH; or, the fifth PUSCH overlaps or partially overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in a time domain.
  • the terminal device determines the reported PHR according to the second preset condition.
  • the second preset condition is: take a larger PHR value. Therefore, the base station can improve the coverage performance of the UE by configuring more resources.
  • a terminal device when a terminal device reports a PHR, it will carry TRP information corresponding to the reported PHR, and the TRP information may be TRP identification information or an SRS resource set index value, or a power control parameter set index value.
  • S2705 The terminal device cancels determining and reporting the power headroom.
  • the second power headroom is repeatedly determined according to the second PUSCH; the method further includes: when the sixth PUSCH triggers the reporting of the second power headroom, canceling the reporting of the second power headroom, The transmission time of the sixth PUSCH is later than the repeated transmission timing of the first PUSCH.
  • the sixth PUSCH satisfies that: the fifth PUSCH is a repetition of the second PUSCH; or, the sixth PUSCH overlaps or partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
  • the situation that the preset condition is not satisfied may be that the first PUSCH repetition is not the first PUSCH transmission opportunity, or the second PUSCH repetition is the first PUSCH transmission opportunity; or, the first PUSCH repetition is not associated with The first PUSCH transmission opportunity overlapping with the PUSCH carrying PHR MAC CE, or the second PUSCH repetition is the first transmission opportunity overlapping with the PUSCH carrying PHR MAC CE. Then the PHR is not calculated and the PHR is not reported.
  • the UE only needs to report one PHR on a serving cell and the UE does not need to add TRP identification information at the same time when reporting the PHR, and inform the base station which TRP is currently reported.
  • the PHR In the prior art, the UE satisfies the triggering condition of the PHR and must report the PHR if there are uplink resources.
  • the UE in the mTRP scenario, the UE needs to send PUSCH repetitions based on two independent beams/two sets of independent power control parameters, and only reports the PHR corresponding to one beam, and needs to determine the TRP/ The PHR can only be reported when the beam/power control parameters are consistent with the first PUSCH transmission timing. Otherwise, the PHR cannot be reported.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the structure of the communication device may be as shown in FIG. 28 , including a sending unit 2801 , a processing unit 2802 , and a receiving unit 2803 .
  • the communication device can be specifically used to implement the method performed by the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the device can be the terminal device itself, or a chip or chipset in the terminal device or a chip used in the chip. to perform part of the function of the associated method.
  • the processing unit 2802 is configured to determine the first power headroom and the second power headroom; the sending unit 2801 is configured to report the first power headroom and the second power headroom; wherein, the first The power headroom is determined according to the first PUSCH repetition, the second power headroom is determined according to the second PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam, and the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the second PUSCH repetition The beams are associated.
  • the first power headroom is determined according to a third PUSCH
  • the second power headroom is determined according to reference PUSCH transmission
  • the third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom are carried on a power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE includes multiple power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the multiple power headrooms is: first according to the corresponding power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms The serving cell indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to beam indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE includes multiple power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the multiple power headrooms is: first according to the corresponding power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms The beam indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
  • the sending unit 2801 is configured to perform any of the following:
  • the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following:
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
  • the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
  • the sending unit 2801 is configured to perform any of the following:
  • the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control parameter.
  • TPC command closed-loop index.
  • the receiving unit 2803 is further configured to receive first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal The device sends the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition;
  • the receiving unit 2803 is further configured to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the The terminal device sends a third PUSCH transmission;
  • the receiving unit 2803 is further configured to receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the The terminal device sends a fourth PUSCH transmission.
  • the sending unit 2801 is further configured to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the processing unit 2802 is configured to determine the first field and the second field
  • the sending unit 2801 is configured to report the first field and the second field.
  • the order of reporting the first field and the second field may be sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index of the first field, and then sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index of the second field.
  • the order of reporting the first field and the second field may first be sorted according to the ascending order of the beam indexes of the first field and the second field, and then sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index corresponding to the first field and the second field.
  • the first field indicates the first power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition
  • the second field indicates the second power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition
  • the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam
  • the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the second beam.
  • the beam index of the first beam and the beam index of the second beam may be in ascending order.
  • the first field indicates the power headroom of the third PUSCH
  • the second field indicates the power headroom of the reference PUSCH.
  • the third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
  • the receiving unit 2803 is configured to acquire configuration information of a first SRS resource set and configuration information of a second SRS resource set; the first SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set The set is associated with the second beam; or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter.
  • the first field and the second field are carried on a power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the sending unit 2801 is configured to perform any of the following:
  • the first field and the second field are sent on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different serving cell from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
  • the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following:
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
  • the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
  • the sending unit 2801 is configured to perform any of the following:
  • the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control parameter.
  • TPC command closed-loop index.
  • the sending unit 2801 is configured to report the first field and the second field
  • the receiving unit 2803 is configured to receive first indication information
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first field A PUSCH repetition and a second PUSCH repetition
  • the sending unit 2801 is configured to report the first field and the second field
  • the receiving unit 2803 is configured to receive second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device sending a third PUSCH transmission
  • the sending unit 2801 is configured to report the first field and the second field
  • the receiving unit 2803 is configured to receive third indication information
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device A fourth PUSCH transmission is sent.
  • a possible implementation manner is to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the communication apparatus may be a network device, for example, the first network device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the sending unit 2801 is configured to send the first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to indicate the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition;
  • the receiving unit 2803 is configured to receive the first power headroom and the second PUSCH repetition Power headroom; wherein, the first power headroom is determined according to the first PUSCH repetition, the second power headroom is determined according to the second PUSCH repetition, and the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam , the second PUSCH repetition is associated with a second beam.
  • the first power headroom is determined according to a third PUSCH
  • the second power headroom is determined according to reference PUSCH transmission
  • the third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
  • the first configuration information includes: configuration information of a first SRS resource set and configuration information of a second SRS resource set; the first SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam.
  • the resource set is associated with the second beam; or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter.
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom are carried on the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE includes a plurality of power headrooms, and the arrangement order of the plurality of power headrooms is: first according to the serving cell corresponding to each power headroom of the plurality of power headrooms The indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the beam indexes corresponding to the respective power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms.
  • the power headroom report MAC CE includes multiple power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the multiple power headrooms is: first according to the corresponding power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms The beam indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
  • the receiving unit 2803 is configured to perform any of the following:
  • the first power headroom and the second power headroom are received on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located at a different location from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH Serve the community.
  • the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following items:
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
  • the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
  • the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control TPC command, closed-loop index.
  • the receiving unit 2803 is configured to, before receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom, the sending unit 2801 may also send first indication information, and the first indication information uses Instructing the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition;
  • the receiving unit 2803 is configured to receive the first power headroom and the second power headroom before the sending unit 2801 is configured to send second indication information, and the second indication information uses Instructing the terminal device to send a third PUSCH transmission;
  • the receiving unit 2803 is configured to, before receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom, the sending unit 2801 may also send third indication information, and the third indication information uses to instruct the terminal device to send a fourth PUSCH transmission.
  • the receiving unit 2803 may also receive the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the communication apparatus may be a network device, for example, the first network device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the sending unit 2801 is configured to send first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • the receiving unit 2803 is configured to receive the first field and the second field; wherein, the order of reporting the first field and the second field may be sorted in ascending order according to the serving cell index of the first field, and then according to the serving cell index of the second field Sort in ascending order. Alternatively, the order of reporting the first field and the second field may first be sorted according to the ascending order of the beam indexes of the first field and the second field, and then sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index corresponding to the first field and the second field.
  • the first field indicates the first power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition
  • the second field indicates the second power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition
  • the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam
  • the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the second beam.
  • the beam index of the first beam and the beam index of the second beam may be in ascending order.
  • the first field indicates the power headroom of the third PUSCH
  • the second field indicates the power headroom of the reference PUSCH.
  • the third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
  • the first configuration information includes: configuration information of a first SRS resource set and configuration information of a second SRS resource set; the first SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam.
  • the resource set is associated with the second beam; or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter.
  • the first field and the second field are carried on the power headroom report MAC CE.
  • the receiving unit 2803 is configured to perform any of the following:
  • the first field and the second field are received on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different serving cell from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
  • the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following items:
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
  • the fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
  • the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
  • the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control parameter.
  • TPC command closed-loop index.
  • the network device may also send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repetition and Second PUSCH repeat;
  • the sending unit 2801 may also send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first field Three PUSCH transmissions;
  • the sending unit 2801 may send third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the fourth PUSCH transmission.
  • the receiving unit 2803 may also receive the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  • each functional module in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into a processing In the controller, it can also be physically present separately, or two or more modules can be integrated into one module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It can be understood that, for the function or implementation of each module in the embodiment of the present application, further reference may be made to the relevant description of the method embodiment.
  • the communication device may be as shown in Figure 29.
  • the communication device may be a communication device or a chip in a communication device, where the communication device may be a terminal device or a network device (for example, the implementation of this application example first network device or second network device).
  • the device may include a processor 2901 , a communication interface 2902 and a memory 2903 .
  • the processing unit 2802 may be the processor 2901 .
  • the sending unit 2801 and/or the receiving unit 2803 may be the communication interface 2902 .
  • the processor 2901 may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or a digital processing unit or the like.
  • the communication interface 2902 may be a transceiver, or an interface circuit such as a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver chip or the like.
  • the device also includes: a memory 2903 for storing programs executed by the processor 2901 .
  • the memory 2903 can be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk (hard disk drive, HDD) or a solid-state drive (solid-state drive, SSD), etc., and can also be a volatile memory (volatile memory), such as a random access memory (random -access memory, RAM).
  • the memory 2903 is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the processor 2901 is configured to execute the program codes stored in the memory 2903, and is specifically configured to execute the above-mentioned actions of the processing unit 2802, which will not be repeated in this application.
  • the communication interface 2902 is specifically configured to execute the actions of the above-mentioned sending unit 2801 and/or receiving unit 2803, which will not be repeated in this application.
  • connection medium among the above-mentioned communication interface 2902, processor 2901, and memory 2903 is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the memory 2903, the processor 2901, and the communication interface 2902 are connected through the bus 2904.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 29, and the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration. , is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 29 , but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which may include the first network device, the second network device, and the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions required to execute the above-mentioned processor, which includes a program required to execute the above-mentioned processor.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a specific manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising instruction means, the instructions
  • the device realizes the function specified in one or more procedures of the flowchart and/or one or more blocks of the block diagram.

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus, and a system, which are used to improve power headroom reporting functionality in a coordinated scenario of a multi-network device. The method comprises: determining a first power headroom and a second power headroom; reporting the first power headroom and the second power headroom, the first power headroom being determined according to a first PUSCH repetition, the second power headroom being determined according to a second PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition being associated with a first beam, and the second PUSCH repetition being associated with a second beam; alternatively, the first power headroom being determined according to a third PUSCH, the second power headroom being determined according to a reference PUSCH transmission, and the third PUSCH being associated with the first beam.

Description

一种通信方法、装置及系统A communication method, device and system
相关申请的交叉引用Cross References to Related Applications
本申请要求在2021年08月06日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110903317.6、申请名称为“一种通信方法、装置及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110903317.6 and the application title "A communication method, device and system" submitted to the China Patent Office on August 6, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference middle.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,特别涉及一种通信方法、装置及系统。The present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a communication method, device and system.
背景技术Background technique
在无线通信系统中,用户设备(user equipment,UE)可以根据基站的调度,在上行载波上发送上行信号。具体的过程可为:UE确定上行载波的功率余量(power headroom,PH),然后基于该PH,生成功率余量报告(power headroom report,PHR),且上报PHR至网络设备。网络设备可根据所述PHR,调整UE的上行传输功率。In a wireless communication system, a user equipment (user equipment, UE) can send an uplink signal on an uplink carrier according to scheduling by a base station. The specific process may be: the UE determines the power headroom (power headroom, PH) of the uplink carrier, and then generates a power headroom report (power headroom report, PHR) based on the PH, and reports the PHR to the network device. The network device can adjust the uplink transmission power of the UE according to the PHR.
比如,当PHR所对应的PH值大于0时,表示UE还有剩余的功率可以进一步的扩大上行传输带宽,还能传输更多数据。PH值越大,表示UE的剩余功率越多,可以提高UE的上行传输功率。如果PH为负值,UE上报其调度的传输功率已经超过允许的最大传输功率,应降低UE的上行传输功率。For example, when the PH value corresponding to the PHR is greater than 0, it means that the UE has remaining power to further expand the uplink transmission bandwidth and transmit more data. The larger the PH value, the more remaining power of the UE, which can increase the uplink transmission power of the UE. If the PH value is negative, the UE reports that its scheduled transmission power has exceeded the maximum allowable transmission power, and the uplink transmission power of the UE should be reduced.
为提升物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)传输的可靠性,可以通过多个网络设备协作接收和处理PUSCH。例如,PUSCH采用两次重复发送,第一次重复发送采用预编码方式1利于TRP1的接收,第二次重复发送采用预编码方式2利于TRP2的接收,PUSCH在不同的时间上采用不同的预编码方式(或不同波束上)重复发送同一个TB。In order to improve the reliability of physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission, multiple network devices can cooperate to receive and process the PUSCH. For example, PUSCH uses two repeated transmissions. The first repeated transmission uses precoding mode 1 to facilitate the reception of TRP1, and the second repeated transmission uses precoding mode 2 to facilitate the reception of TRP2. PUSCH uses different precodings at different times. way (or on different beams) to repeatedly send the same TB.
现有机制下,同一个PUSCH通常会采用一套功控参数以及预编码矩阵,难以满足多个网络设备协作接收和处理PUSCH的场景。Under the existing mechanism, the same PUSCH usually uses a set of power control parameters and precoding matrix, which is difficult to meet the scenario where multiple network devices cooperate to receive and process PUSCH.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法、装置及系统,用以提升通信过程中的传输性能。The present application provides a communication method, device and system for improving transmission performance during communication.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法,该方法可以应用与终端设备或终端设备上的部件,例如,芯片。下面以终端设备执行为例进行说明,该方法包括:确定第一功率余量和第二功率余量;上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量;其中,所述第一功率余量为根据第一PUSCH重复确定的,所述第二功率余量为根据第二PUSCH重复确定的,所述第一PUSCH重复与第一波束相关联,所述第二PUSCH重复与第二波束相关联。或者,所述第一功率余量为根据第三PUSCH确定的,所述第二功率余量为根据参考PUSCH传输确定的,所述第三PUSCH与所述第一波束相关联。In the first aspect, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a terminal device or a component on the terminal device, for example, a chip. The following takes terminal equipment as an example to illustrate, the method includes: determining the first power headroom and the second power headroom; reporting the first power headroom and the second power headroom; wherein, the first power headroom is Determined according to the first PUSCH repetition, the second power headroom is determined according to the second PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam, and the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the second beam. Alternatively, the first power headroom is determined according to a third PUSCH, the second power headroom is determined according to reference PUSCH transmission, and the third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
通过上述方法,终端设备在多网络设备协作场景下,可以基于一个服务小区的第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复,上报相应的功率余量,即上报第一功率余量和第二功率 余量,从而,在第一波束和第二波束对应的预编码方式不同的场景下,网络设备可以基于第一功率余量和第二功率余量,更好的为PUSCH重复进行调度,提升多网络设备协作的性能。Through the above method, the terminal device can report the corresponding power headroom based on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition of a serving cell in the multi-network device cooperation scenario, that is, report the first power headroom and the second power headroom , thus, in the scenario where the precoding methods corresponding to the first beam and the second beam are different, the network device can better schedule PUSCH repetitions based on the first power headroom and the second power headroom, and improve the performance of multi-network devices. Collaborative performance.
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备获取第一SRS资源集合的配置信息和第二SRS资源集合的配置信息;所述第一SRS资源集合关联第一波束,所述第二SRS资源集合关联第二波束;或者,所述第一波束关联所述第一功率控制参数,所述第二波束关联所述第二功率控制参数。以使终端设备获得第一PUSCH重复的配置信息和第二PUSCH重复的配置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device acquires configuration information of a first SRS resource set and configuration information of a second SRS resource set; the first SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a second SRS resource set. beam; or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter. The terminal device is configured to obtain the configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition and the configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量承载在功率余量报告媒体介入控制(media access control,MAC)层控制元素(MAC control element,MAC CE)上。A possible implementation manner, the first power headroom and the second power headroom are carried on a power headroom report media access control (media access control, MAC) layer control element (MAC control element, MAC CE) .
通过上述方法,第一功率余量和第二功率余量可以在一个功率余量报告MAC CE上,第一功率余量和第二功率余量无需分开发送,降低信令开销。Through the above method, the first power headroom and the second power headroom can be reported on one power headroom report MAC CE, and the first power headroom and the second power headroom do not need to be sent separately, reducing signaling overhead.
一种可能的实现方式,所述功率余量报告MAC CE包括多个功率余量,所述多个功率余量的排列顺序为:先按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的服务小区索引升序排列,再按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的波束索引升序排列。In a possible implementation manner, the power headroom report MAC CE includes multiple power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the multiple power headrooms is: first according to the corresponding power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms The serving cell indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to beam indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
一种可能的实现方式,所述功率余量报告MAC CE包括多个功率余量,所述多个功率余量的排列顺序为:先按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的波束索引升序排列,再按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的服务小区索引升序排列。In a possible implementation manner, the power headroom report MAC CE includes multiple power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the multiple power headrooms is: first according to the corresponding power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms The beam indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
通过上述方法,可以简化终端设备上报多个功率余量的复杂度,相应的,也可以降低网络设备在解析多个功率余量的复杂度。Through the above method, the complexity of reporting multiple power headrooms by the terminal device can be simplified, and correspondingly, the complexity of analyzing multiple power headrooms by the network device can also be reduced.
一种可能的实现方式,所述上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量,包括以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the reporting of the first power headroom and the second power headroom includes any of the following:
在所述第一PUSCH重复上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the first PUSCH repetition;
在所述第二PUSCH重复上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the second PUSCH repetition;
在所述第三PUSCH上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the third PUSCH;
在第四PUSCH上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量,所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复、所述第二PUSCH重复和所述第三PUSCH位于不同的服务小区。Send the first power headroom and the second power headroom on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different location from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH Serve the community.
一种可能的实现方式,所述上报功率余量报告MAC CE,包括以下任一项:A possible implementation, the reporting power headroom report MAC CE includes any of the following:
在所述第一PUSCH重复上发送功率余量报告MAC CE;Sending a power headroom report MAC CE on the first PUSCH repetition;
在所述第二PUSCH重复上发送功率余量报告MAC CE;Sending a power headroom report MAC CE on the second PUSCH repetition;
在所述第三PUSCH上发送功率余量报告MAC CE;Sending a power headroom report MAC CE on the third PUSCH;
在第四PUSCH上发送所功率余量报告MAC CE,所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复、所述第二PUSCH重复和所述第三PUSCH位于不同的服务小区。The power headroom report MAC CE is sent on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different serving cell from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
通过上述方法,终端设备可以通过多种方式上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量,提升功率余量上报的灵活性。Through the foregoing method, the terminal device can report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in various ways, thereby improving the flexibility of power headroom reporting.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第四PUSCH满足以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following:
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上部分重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复 在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠,且所述第四PUSCH与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠。The fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
通过上述方法,上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量可以基于第四PUSCH与第一PUSCH重复或第二PUSCH重复在时域上的关系上报,提升了上报功率余量的性能,从而,网络设备可以更准确的确定上行资源及终端设备的上行功率。Through the above method, the reporting of the first power headroom and the second power headroom can be reported based on the relationship between the fourth PUSCH and the first PUSCH repetition or the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain, which improves the performance of reporting the power headroom, thus, The network device can more accurately determine the uplink resource and the uplink power of the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式,所述上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量,包括以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the reporting of the first power headroom and the second power headroom includes any of the following:
在触发功率余量上报与所述第一PUSCH重复相关时,在所述第一PUSCH重复上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the first PUSCH repetition, sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the first PUSCH repetition;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第二PUSCH重复相关时,在所述第二PUSCH重复上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the second PUSCH repetition, sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the second PUSCH repetition;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第三PUSCH相关时,在所述第三PUSCH上发送所述第一功率余量和第二功率余量;When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the third PUSCH, sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the third PUSCH;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第四PUSCH相关时,在所述第四PUSCH上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量。When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the fourth PUSCH, sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the fourth PUSCH.
一种可能的实现方式,所述上报功率余量报告MAC CE,包括以下任一项:A possible implementation, the reporting power headroom report MAC CE includes any of the following:
在触发功率余量上报与所述第一PUSCH重复相关时,在所述第一PUSCH重复上发送所述功率余量报告MAC CE;When triggering the power headroom report is related to the first PUSCH repetition, sending the power headroom report MAC CE on the first PUSCH repetition;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第二PUSCH重复相关时,在所述第二PUSCH重复上发送所述功率余量报告MAC CE;When triggering the power headroom report is related to the second PUSCH repetition, sending the power headroom report MAC CE on the second PUSCH repetition;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第三PUSCH相关时,在所述第三PUSCH上发送所述功率余量报告MAC CE;When triggering the power headroom report is related to the third PUSCH, sending the power headroom report MAC CE on the third PUSCH;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第四PUSCH相关时,在所述第四PUSCH上发送所述功率余量报告MAC CE。When triggering the power headroom report is related to the fourth PUSCH, sending the power headroom report MAC CE on the fourth PUSCH.
通过上述方法,考虑不同触发场景下上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量的方法,提升上报的灵活性。Through the above method, the method of reporting the first power headroom and the second power headroom under different triggering scenarios is considered, so as to improve the flexibility of reporting.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一功率控制参数或第二功率控制参数包括以下至少一项:开环功率控制参数基本值P0,路径损耗补偿因子alpha,路径损耗参考信号ID,传输功率控制TPC命令,闭环索引。In a possible implementation manner, the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control parameter. TPC command, closed-loop index.
从而,终端设备可以准确的确定第一PUSCH重复或第三PUSCH或第二PUSCH重复上的上行传输的发送功率,提升功率余量确定的准确性。Therefore, the terminal device can accurately determine the transmission power of the uplink transmission on the first PUSCH repetition or the third PUSCH or the second PUSCH repetition, improving the accuracy of power headroom determination.
一种可能的实现方式,所述上报所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量之前,还可以接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复。In a possible implementation manner, before the reporting of the first power headroom and the second power headroom, first indication information may also be received, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repeat and the second PUSCH repeats.
一种可能的实现方式,所述上报所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量之前,还接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第三PUSCH传输。In a possible implementation manner, before the reporting of the first power headroom and the second power headroom, second indication information is also received, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send a third PUSCH transmission.
一种可能的实现方式,所述上报所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量之前,还接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第四PUSCH传输。In a possible implementation manner, before the reporting of the first power headroom and the second power headroom, third indication information is also received, and the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send a fourth PUSCH transmission.
一种可能的实现方式,发送所述第一PUSCH重复和所述第二PUSCH重复。A possible implementation manner is to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
通过上述方法,终端设备可以基于实际传输情况,例如,是否发送第一PUSCH重复 和所述第二PUSCH重复、第三PUSCH传输、第四PUSCH传输,确定第一功率余量和第二功率余量,或上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量,提升功率余量上报的性能。Through the above method, the terminal device can determine the first power headroom and the second power headroom based on the actual transmission situation, for example, whether to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition, the third PUSCH transmission, and the fourth PUSCH transmission , or report the first power headroom and the second power headroom, so as to improve the performance of power headroom reporting.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法可以应用与终端设备或终端设备上的部件,例如,芯片。该方法包括:确定第一字段和第二字段,上报第一字段和第二字段。其中,所述上报第一字段和第二字段的顺序可以按照第一字段的服务小区索引升序排序,再按照第二字段的服务小区索引升序排序。或者,所述上报第一字段和第二字段的顺序可以先按照第一字段和第二字段的波束索引升序排序,再按照第一字段和第二字段对应的服务小区索引升序排序。In a second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a terminal device or a component on the terminal device, for example, a chip. The method includes: determining the first field and the second field, and reporting the first field and the second field. Wherein, the order of reporting the first field and the second field may be sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index of the first field, and then sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index of the second field. Alternatively, the order of reporting the first field and the second field may first be sorted according to the ascending order of the beam indexes of the first field and the second field, and then sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index corresponding to the first field and the second field.
一种可能的实现方式,第一字段指示第一PUSCH重复的第一功率余量,第二字段指示第二PUSCH重复的第二功率余量,第一PUSCH重复与第一波束相关联,第二PUSCH重复与第二波束相关联。第一波束的波束索引与第二波束的波束索引可以为升序关系。In a possible implementation manner, the first field indicates the first power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition, the second field indicates the second power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam, and the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the second beam. The beam index of the first beam and the beam index of the second beam may be in ascending order.
另一种可能的实现方式,第一字段指示第三PUSCH的功率余量,第二字段指示参考PUSCH的功率余量。第三PUSCH与第一波束相关联。In another possible implementation manner, the first field indicates the power headroom of the third PUSCH, and the second field indicates the power headroom of the reference PUSCH. The third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
通过上述方法,终端设备可以在多网络设备协作场景下,可以基于一个服务小区的第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复,上报相应的功率余量,即上报第一字段和第二字段,从而,在第一波束和第二波束对应的预编码方式不同的场景下,网络设备可以基于第一功率余量和第二功率余量,更好的为PUSCH重复进行调度,提升多网络设备协作的性能。另外,通过对第一字段和第二字段的排序,可以简化终端设备上报多个功率余量的复杂度,相应的,也可以降低网络设备在解析多个功率余量的复杂度。Through the above method, the terminal device can report the corresponding power headroom based on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition of a serving cell in a multi-network device cooperation scenario, that is, report the first field and the second field, thus, In the scenario where the precoding methods corresponding to the first beam and the second beam are different, the network device can better schedule the PUSCH repeatedly based on the first power headroom and the second power headroom, and improve the performance of multi-network device cooperation . In addition, by sorting the first field and the second field, the complexity of reporting multiple power headrooms by the terminal device can be simplified, and correspondingly, the complexity of analyzing multiple power headrooms by the network device can also be reduced.
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备获取第一SRS资源集合的配置信息和第二SRS资源集合的配置信息;所述第一SRS资源集合关联第一波束,所述第二SRS资源集合关联第二波束;或者,所述第一波束关联所述第一功率控制参数,所述第二波束关联所述第二功率控制参数。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device acquires configuration information of a first SRS resource set and configuration information of a second SRS resource set; the first SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a second SRS resource set. beam; or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一字段和所述第二字段承载在功率余量报告MAC CE上。In a possible implementation manner, the first field and the second field are carried on a power headroom report MAC CE.
一种可能的实现方式,所述上报第一字段和第二字段,包括以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the reporting of the first field and the second field includes any of the following:
在所述第一PUSCH重复上发送所述第一字段和所述第二字段;sending the first field and the second field on the first PUSCH repetition;
在所述第二PUSCH重复上发送所述第一字段和所述第二字段;sending the first field and the second field on the second PUSCH repetition;
在所述第三PUSCH上发送所述第一字段和所述第二字段;sending the first field and the second field on the third PUSCH;
在第四PUSCH上发送所述第一字段和所述第二字段,所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复、所述第二PUSCH重复和所述第三PUSCH位于不同的服务小区。The first field and the second field are sent on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different serving cell from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
一种可能的实现方式,所述上报功率余量报告MAC CE,包括以下任一项:A possible implementation, the reporting power headroom report MAC CE includes any of the following:
在所述第一PUSCH重复上发送功率余量报告MAC CE;Sending a power headroom report MAC CE on the first PUSCH repetition;
在所述第二PUSCH重复上发送功率余量报告MAC CE;Sending a power headroom report MAC CE on the second PUSCH repetition;
在所述第三PUSCH上发送功率余量报告MAC CE;Sending a power headroom report MAC CE on the third PUSCH;
在第四PUSCH上发送功率余量报告MAC CE,所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复、所述第二PUSCH重复和所述第三PUSCH位于不同的服务小区。Sending a power headroom report MAC CE on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different serving cell from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
一种可能的实现方式,第四PUSCH满足以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following items:
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上部分重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠,且所述第四PUSCH与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠。The fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备上报第一字段和第二字段,包括以下任一项:In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device reports the first field and the second field, including any of the following:
在触发功率余量上报与所述第一PUSCH重复相关时,在所述第一PUSCH重复上发送所述第一字段和所述第二字段;When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the first PUSCH repetition, sending the first field and the second field on the first PUSCH repetition;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第二PUSCH重复相关时,在所述第二PUSCH重复上发送所述第一字段和所述第二字段;When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the second PUSCH repetition, sending the first field and the second field on the second PUSCH repetition;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第三PUSCH相关时,在所述第三PUSCH上发送所述第一字段和第二字段;When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the third PUSCH, sending the first field and the second field on the third PUSCH;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第四PUSCH相关时,在所述第四PUSCH上发送所述第一字段和所述第二字段。When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the fourth PUSCH, sending the first field and the second field on the fourth PUSCH.
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备上报功率余量报告MAC CE,包括以下任一项:In a possible implementation, the terminal device reports the power headroom report MAC CE, including any of the following:
在触发功率余量上报与所述第一PUSCH重复相关时,在所述第一PUSCH重复上发送所述功率余量报告MAC CE;When triggering the power headroom report is related to the first PUSCH repetition, sending the power headroom report MAC CE on the first PUSCH repetition;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第二PUSCH重复相关时,在所述第二PUSCH重复上发送所述功率余量报告MAC CE;When triggering the power headroom report is related to the second PUSCH repetition, sending the power headroom report MAC CE on the second PUSCH repetition;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第三PUSCH相关时,在所述第三PUSCH上发送所述功率余量报告MAC CE;When triggering the power headroom report is related to the third PUSCH, sending the power headroom report MAC CE on the third PUSCH;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第四PUSCH相关时,在所述第四PUSCH上发送所述功率余量报告MAC CE。When triggering the power headroom report is related to the fourth PUSCH, sending the power headroom report MAC CE on the fourth PUSCH.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一功率控制参数或第二功率控制参数包括以下至少一项:开环功率控制参数基本值P0,路径损耗补偿因子alpha,路径损耗参考信号ID,传输功率控制TPC命令,闭环索引。In a possible implementation manner, the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control parameter. TPC command, closed-loop index.
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备上报所述第一字段和所述第二字段之前,还可以接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复。In a possible implementation manner, before the terminal device reports the first field and the second field, it may also receive first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition. Push repeats.
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备上报所述第一字段和所述第二字段之前,还可以接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第三PUSCH传输;In a possible implementation manner, before the terminal device reports the first field and the second field, it may also receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send a third PUSCH transmission;
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备上报所述第一字段和所述第二字段之前,还可以接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第四PUSCH传输。In a possible implementation manner, before the terminal device reports the first field and the second field, it may further receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the fourth PUSCH transmission.
一种可能的实现方式,发送所述第一PUSCH重复和所述第二PUSCH重复。A possible implementation manner is to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
需要说明的是,第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式的有益效果可以参考第一方面的有益效果,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the beneficial effects of any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, reference may be made to the beneficial effects of the first aspect, and details are not repeated here.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于网络设备,或网络设备中的部件,例如,芯片,该方法包括:发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示第一PUSCH重复和所述第二PUSCH重复;接收第一功率余量和第二功率余量;其中,所述第一功率余量为根据第一PUSCH重复确定的,所述第二功率余量为根据第二PUSCH重复确定的,所述第一PUSCH重复与第一波束相关联,所述第二PUSCH重复与第二波束 相关联。或者,所述第一功率余量为根据第三PUSCH确定的,所述第二功率余量为根据参考PUSCH传输确定的,所述第三PUSCH与所述第一波束相关联。In the third aspect, a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application can be applied to a network device, or a component in a network device, such as a chip, and the method includes: sending first configuration information, the first configuration information Used to indicate the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition; receive the first power headroom and the second power headroom; wherein, the first power headroom is determined according to the first PUSCH repetition, and the second The power headroom is determined according to a second PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam, and the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the second beam. Alternatively, the first power headroom is determined according to a third PUSCH, the second power headroom is determined according to reference PUSCH transmission, and the third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
通过上述方法,在网络设备为终端设备配置了第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复时,即终端设备在多网络设备协作场景下,可以基于一个服务小区的第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复,上报相应的功率余量,即上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量,相应的,网络设备在接收到第一功率余量和第二功率余量后,可以相应的调度终端设备的上行传输,提升终端设备的上行传输性能。Through the above method, when the network device configures the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition for the terminal device, that is, the terminal device can be based on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition of a serving cell in a multi-network device cooperation scenario, Report the corresponding power headroom, that is, report the first power headroom and the second power headroom. Correspondingly, after receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom, the network device can schedule the uplink of the terminal device accordingly. Transmission, to improve the uplink transmission performance of terminal equipment.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一配置信息包括:第一SRS资源集合的配置信息和第二SRS资源集合的配置信息;所述第一SRS资源集合关联第一波束,所述第二SRS资源集合关联第二波束;或者,所述第一波束关联所述第一功率控制参数,所述第二波束关联所述第二功率控制参数。In a possible implementation, the first configuration information includes: configuration information of a first SRS resource set and configuration information of a second SRS resource set; the first SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam. The resource set is associated with the second beam; or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter.
一种可能的实现方式,第一功率余量和第二功率余量承载在功率余量报告MAC CE上。In a possible implementation manner, the first power headroom and the second power headroom are carried on the power headroom report MAC CE.
一种可能的实现方式,功率余量报告MAC CE包括多个功率余量,所述多个功率余量的排列顺序为:先按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的服务小区索引升序排列,再按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的波束索引升序排列。In a possible implementation, the power headroom report MAC CE includes a plurality of power headrooms, and the arrangement order of the plurality of power headrooms is: first according to the serving cell corresponding to each power headroom of the plurality of power headrooms The indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the beam indexes corresponding to the respective power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms.
一种可能的实现方式,所述功率余量报告MAC CE包括多个功率余量,所述多个功率余量的排列顺序为:先按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的波束索引升序排列,再按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的服务小区索引升序排列。In a possible implementation manner, the power headroom report MAC CE includes multiple power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the multiple power headrooms is: first according to the corresponding power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms The beam indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
通过上述方法,可以简化终端设备上报多个功率余量的复杂度,相应的,也可以降低网络设备在解析多个功率余量的复杂度。Through the above method, the complexity of reporting multiple power headrooms by the terminal device can be simplified, and correspondingly, the complexity of analyzing multiple power headrooms by the network device can also be reduced.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备接收第一功率余量和第二功率余量,包括以下任一项:In a possible implementation manner, the network device receives the first power headroom and the second power headroom, including any of the following:
在所述第一PUSCH重复上接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the first PUSCH repetition;
在所述第二PUSCH重复上接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the second PUSCH repetition;
在所述第三PUSCH上接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the third PUSCH;
在第四PUSCH上接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量,所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复、所述第二PUSCH重复和所述第三PUSCH位于不同的服务小区。The first power headroom and the second power headroom are received on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located at a different location from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH Serve the community.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备接收功率余量报告MAC CE,包括以下任一项:In a possible implementation, the network device receives the power headroom report MAC CE, including any of the following:
在所述第一PUSCH重复上接收功率余量报告MAC CE;Receive a power headroom report MAC CE on the first PUSCH repetition;
在所述第二PUSCH重复上接收功率余量报告MAC CE;Receive a power headroom report MAC CE on the second PUSCH repetition;
在所述第三PUSCH上接收功率余量报告MAC CE;Receive a power headroom report MAC CE on the third PUSCH;
在第四PUSCH上接收所述功率余量报告MAC CE,所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复、所述第二PUSCH重复和所述第三PUSCH位于不同的服务小区。The power headroom report MAC CE is received on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different serving cell from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以通过多种方式接收第一功率余量和第二功率余量,提升网络设备基于功率余量调度终端设备的传输的灵活性。Through the above method, the network device can receive the first power headroom and the second power headroom in multiple ways, and the flexibility of the network device in scheduling transmission of the terminal device based on the power headroom is improved.
一种可能的实现方式,第四PUSCH满足以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following items:
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上部分重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠,且所述第四PUSCH与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠。The fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
通过上述方法,网络设备接收到的第一功率余量和第二功率余量可以是基于第四PUSCH与第一PUSCH重复或第二PUSCH重复在时域上的关系上报的,提升了上报功率余量的性能,从而,网络设备可以更准确的确定上行资源及终端设备的上行功率。Through the above method, the first power headroom and the second power headroom received by the network device can be reported based on the relationship between the fourth PUSCH and the first PUSCH repetition or the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain, which improves the reported power headroom. Therefore, the network device can more accurately determine the uplink resource and the uplink power of the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一功率控制参数或第二功率控制参数包括以下至少一项:开环功率控制参数基本值P0,路径损耗补偿因子alpha,路径损耗参考信号ID,传输功率控制TPC命令,闭环索引。In a possible implementation manner, the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control parameter. TPC command, closed-loop index.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量之前,还可以发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复。In a possible implementation manner, before receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom, the network device may also send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first One PUSCH repetition and second PUSCH repetition.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量之前,还可以发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第三PUSCH传输;In a possible implementation manner, before receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom, the network device may also send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first power headroom. Three PUSCH transmissions;
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量之前,还可以发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第四PUSCH传输。In a possible implementation manner, before receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom, the network device may also send third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first power headroom. Four PUSCH transmissions.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备还可以接收所述第一PUSCH重复和所述第二PUSCH重复。In a possible implementation manner, the network device may also receive the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
通过上述方法,考虑不同触发场景下上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量的方法,提升上报功率余量的灵活性。Through the above method, considering the methods of reporting the first power headroom and the second power headroom under different triggering scenarios, the flexibility of reporting the power headroom is improved.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于网络设备,或网络设备中的部件,例如,芯片,该方法包括:发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示第一PUSCH重复和所述第二PUSCH重复;接收第一字段和第二字段;其中,所述上报第一字段和第二字段的顺序可以按照第一字段的服务小区索引升序排序,再按照第二字段的服务小区索引升序排序。或者,所述上报第一字段和第二字段的顺序可以先按照第一字段和第二字段的波束索引升序排序,再按照第一字段和第二字段对应的服务小区索引升序排序。In a fourth aspect, a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application can be applied to a network device, or a component in a network device, such as a chip, and the method includes: sending first configuration information, the first configuration information Used to indicate the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition; receive the first field and the second field; wherein, the order of reporting the first field and the second field may be sorted in ascending order according to the serving cell index of the first field, Then sort in ascending order according to the serving cell index in the second field. Alternatively, the order of reporting the first field and the second field may first be sorted according to the ascending order of the beam indexes of the first field and the second field, and then sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index corresponding to the first field and the second field.
在第四方面中,一种可能的实现方式,第一字段指示第一PUSCH重复的第一功率余量,第二字段指示第二PUSCH重复的第二功率余量,第一PUSCH重复与第一波束相关联,第二PUSCH重复与第二波束相关联。第一波束的波束索引与第二波束的波束索引可以为升序关系。In the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first field indicates the first power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition, the second field indicates the second power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition, and the first PUSCH repetition and the first The beams are associated, and the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the second beam. The beam index of the first beam and the beam index of the second beam may be in ascending order.
在第四方面中,另一种可能的实现方式,第一字段指示第三PUSCH的功率余量,第二字段指示参考PUSCH的功率余量。第三PUSCH与第一波束相关联。In another possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first field indicates the power headroom of the third PUSCH, and the second field indicates the power headroom of the reference PUSCH. The third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
通过上述方法,终端设备可以在多网络设备协作场景下,可以基于一个服务小区的第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复,上报相应的功率余量,即上报第一字段和第二字段,从而,在第一波束和第二波束对应的预编码方式不同的场景下,网络设备可以基于第一功率余量和第二功率余量,更好的为PUSCH重复进行调度,提升多网络设备协作的性能。另外,通过对第一字段和第二字段的排序,可以简化终端设备上报多个功率余量的复杂度,相应的,也可以降低网络设备在解析多个功率余量的复杂度。Through the above method, the terminal device can report the corresponding power headroom based on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition of a serving cell in a multi-network device cooperation scenario, that is, report the first field and the second field, thus, In the scenario where the precoding methods corresponding to the first beam and the second beam are different, the network device can better schedule the PUSCH repeatedly based on the first power headroom and the second power headroom, and improve the performance of multi-network device cooperation . In addition, by sorting the first field and the second field, the complexity of reporting multiple power headrooms by the terminal device can be simplified, and correspondingly, the complexity of analyzing multiple power headrooms by the network device can also be reduced.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一配置信息包括:第一SRS资源集合的配置信息和第二SRS资源集合的配置信息;所述第一SRS资源集合关联第一波束,所述第二SRS资源集 合关联第二波束;或者,所述第一波束关联所述第一功率控制参数,所述第二波束关联所述第二功率控制参数。In a possible implementation, the first configuration information includes: configuration information of a first SRS resource set and configuration information of a second SRS resource set; the first SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam. The resource set is associated with the second beam; or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter.
一种可能的实现方式,第一字段和第二字段承载在功率余量报告MAC CE上。In a possible implementation manner, the first field and the second field are carried on the power headroom report MAC CE.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备接收第一字段和第二字段,包括以下任一项:In a possible implementation manner, the network device receives the first field and the second field, including any of the following:
在所述第一PUSCH重复上接收所述第一字段和所述第二字段;receiving the first field and the second field on the first PUSCH repetition;
在所述第二PUSCH重复上接收所述第一字段和所述第二字段;receiving the first field and the second field on the second PUSCH repetition;
在所述第三PUSCH上接收所述第一字段和所述第二字段;receiving the first field and the second field on the third PUSCH;
在第四PUSCH上接收所述第一字段和所述第二字段,所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复、所述第二PUSCH重复和所述第三PUSCH位于不同的服务小区。The first field and the second field are received on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different serving cell from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备接收功率余量报告MAC CE,包括以下任一项:In a possible implementation, the network device receives the power headroom report MAC CE, including any of the following:
在所述第一PUSCH重复上接收所述功率余量报告MAC CE;receiving the power headroom report MAC CE on the first PUSCH repetition;
在所述第二PUSCH重复上接收所述功率余量报告MAC CE;receiving the power headroom report MAC CE on the second PUSCH repetition;
在所述第三PUSCH上接收所述功率余量报告MAC CE;Receive the power headroom report MAC CE on the third PUSCH;
在第四PUSCH上接收所述功率余量报告MAC CE,所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复、所述第二PUSCH重复和所述第三PUSCH位于不同的服务小区。The power headroom report MAC CE is received on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different serving cell from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
一种可能的实现方式,第四PUSCH满足以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following items:
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上部分重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠,且所述第四PUSCH与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠。The fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一功率控制参数或第二功率控制参数包括以下至少一项:开环功率控制参数基本值P0,路径损耗补偿因子alpha,路径损耗参考信号ID,传输功率控制TPC命令,闭环索引。In a possible implementation manner, the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control parameter. TPC command, closed-loop index.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备接收所述第一字段和所述第二字段之前,还可以发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复;In a possible implementation manner, before receiving the first field and the second field, the network device may also send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repetition and Second PUSCH repeat;
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备接收所述第一字段和所述第二字段之前,还可以发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第三PUSCH传输;In a possible implementation manner, before receiving the first field and the second field, the network device may also send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send a third PUSCH transmission;
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备接收所述第一字段和所述第二字段之前,还可以发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第四PUSCH传输。In a possible implementation manner, before receiving the first field and the second field, the network device may further send third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send a fourth PUSCH transmission.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备还可以接收所述第一PUSCH重复和所述第二PUSCH重复。In a possible implementation manner, the network device may also receive the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
需要说明的是,第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式的有益效果可以参考第三方面的有益效果,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the beneficial effect of any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, reference may be made to the beneficial effect of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备内的芯片。该装置可以包括处理单元、收发单元和接收单元。应理解的是,这里发送单元和接收单元还可以为收发单元。当该装置是终端设备时,该处理单元可以是处理器, 该发送单元和接收单元可以是收发器;该通信设备还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以是存储器;该存储单元用于存储指令,该处理单元执行该存储单元所存储的指令,以使终端设备执行第一方面或第一方面任意一种可能的设计中的方法,或者,以使终端设备执行第二方面或第二方面任意一种可能的设计中的方法。当该装置是终端设备内的芯片时,该处理单元可以是处理器,该发送单元和接收单元可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等;该处理单元执行存储单元所存储的指令,以使该芯片执行第一方面或第一方面任意一种可能的设计中的方法,或者,以使该芯片执行第二方面或第二方面任意一种可能的设计中的方法。该存储单元用于存储指令,该存储单元可以是该芯片内的存储单元(例如,寄存器、缓存等),也可以是该终端设备内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元(例如,只读存储器、随机存取存储器等)。In a fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the device may be a terminal device, or may be a chip in the terminal device. The apparatus may include a processing unit, a transceiving unit and a receiving unit. It should be understood that here the sending unit and the receiving unit may also be transceiving units. When the device is a terminal device, the processing unit may be a processor, the sending unit and the receiving unit may be transceivers; the communication device may also include a storage unit, which may be a memory; the storage unit is used to store instructions , the processing unit executes the instruction stored in the storage unit, so that the terminal device executes the method in the first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect, or makes the terminal device execute the second aspect or any one of the second aspect One possible approach in the design. When the device is a chip in a terminal device, the processing unit may be a processor, and the sending unit and the receiving unit may be input/output interfaces, pins or circuits, etc.; the processing unit executes the instructions stored in the storage unit to Make the chip execute the method in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or make the chip execute the method in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect. The storage unit is used to store instructions, and the storage unit may be a storage unit in the chip (for example, a register, a cache, etc.), or a storage unit outside the chip in the terminal device (for example, a read-only memory, random access memory, etc.).
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备内的芯片。该装置可以包括处理单元、收发单元和接收单元。应理解的是,这里发送单元和接收单元还可以为收发单元。当该装置是网络设备时,该处理单元可以是处理器,该发送单元和接收单元可以是收发器;该通信设备还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以是存储器;该存储单元用于存储指令,该处理单元执行该存储单元所存储的指令,以使第一网络设备执行第三方面或第三方面任意一种可能的设计中的方法,或者,以使第二网络设备执行第四方面或第四方面任意一种可能的设计中的方法。当该装置是网络设备内的芯片时,该处理单元可以是处理器,该发送单元和接收单元可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等;该处理单元执行存储单元所存储的指令,以使该芯片执行第三方面或第三方面任意一种可能的设计中的方法,或者,以使该芯片执行第四方面或第四方面任意一种可能的设计中的方法。该存储单元用于存储指令,该存储单元可以是该芯片内的存储单元(例如,寄存器、缓存等),也可以是该终端设备内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元(例如,只读存储器、随机存取存储器等)。In a sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the device may be a network device or a chip in the network device. The apparatus may include a processing unit, a transceiving unit and a receiving unit. It should be understood that here the sending unit and the receiving unit may also be transceiving units. When the device is a network device, the processing unit may be a processor, the sending unit and the receiving unit may be transceivers; the communication device may also include a storage unit, which may be a memory; the storage unit is used to store instructions , the processing unit executes the instruction stored in the storage unit, so that the first network device executes the method in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or, makes the second network device execute the fourth aspect or A method in any possible design of the fourth aspect. When the device is a chip in a network device, the processing unit may be a processor, and the sending unit and the receiving unit may be input/output interfaces, pins or circuits, etc.; the processing unit executes the instructions stored in the storage unit to Make the chip execute the method in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or make the chip execute the method in the fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect. The storage unit is used to store instructions, and the storage unit may be a storage unit in the chip (for example, a register, a cache, etc.), or a storage unit outside the chip in the terminal device (for example, a read-only memory, random access memory, etc.).
第七方面,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第二方面或第三方面或第四方面的方法。In the seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the second aspect Or the method of the third aspect or the fourth aspect.
第八方面,本申请实施例还提供一种包含程序的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第二方面或第三方面或第四方面的方法。In the eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product including a program, which, when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method of the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect or the fourth aspect.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器、通信接口和存储器。通信接口用于该装置与其他装置之间传输信息、和/或消息、和/或数据。该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该装置执行如上述第一方面或第一方面中任一设计、第二方面或第二方面中任一设计所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor, a communication interface, and a memory. The communication interface is used to transfer information, and/or messages, and/or data between the device and other devices. The memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device executes the first aspect or any design in the first aspect, the second aspect Or any method described in the second aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器、通信接口和存储器。通信接口用于该装置与其他装置之间传输信息、和/或消息、和/或数据。该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该装置执行如上述第三方面或第三方面中任一设计、第四方面或第四方面中任一设计所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor, a communication interface, and a memory. The communication interface is used to transfer information, and/or messages, and/or data between the device and other devices. The memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device executes any design in the third aspect or the third aspect, the fourth aspect Or any method described in the fourth aspect.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供的一种芯片,所述芯片与存储器耦合,执行本申请实施例第一方面及其任一可能的设计、第二方面及其任一可能的设计的方法。In the eleventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, the chip is coupled with the memory, and executes the method of the first aspect and any possible design thereof, the second aspect and any possible design thereof of the embodiment of the present application .
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供的一种芯片,所述芯片与存储器耦合,执行本申请实施例第三方面及其任一可能的设计、第四方面及其任一可能的设计的方法。In the twelfth aspect, a chip provided by the embodiment of the present application, the chip is coupled with the memory, and executes the method of the third aspect and any possible design thereof, the fourth aspect and any possible design thereof of the embodiment of the present application .
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括通信接口和至少一个处理器,所述处理器运行以执行本申请实施例第一方面或第一方面中任一设计、第二方面及其任一可能的设计所述的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including a communication interface and at least one processor, the processor operates to execute the first aspect of the embodiment of the present application or any design in the first aspect, the second aspect and Its any possible design of the described method.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括通信接口和至少一个处理器,所述处理器运行以执行本申请实施例第三方面或第三方面中任一设计、第四方面及其任一可能的设计所述的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including a communication interface and at least one processor, the processor operates to execute any design in the third aspect or the third aspect of the embodiment of the present application, the fourth aspect and Its any possible design of the described method.
第十五方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,包括第一方面所述的终端设备和第三方面所述的第一网络设备。In a fifteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including the terminal device described in the first aspect and the first network device described in the third aspect.
第十六方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,包括第二方面所述的终端设备和第四方面所述的第一网络设备。In a sixteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including the terminal device described in the second aspect and the first network device described in the fourth aspect.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中“耦合”是指两个部件彼此直接或间接地结合。It should be noted that "coupling" in the embodiments of the present application means that two components are directly or indirectly combined with each other.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1-图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 1-FIG. 3 are schematic structural diagrams of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种应用场景的示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种上行传输资源的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an uplink transmission resource provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7a和图7b为本申请实施例提供的一种功率余量报告MAC CE的结构示意图;7a and 7b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种上行传输资源的示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an uplink transmission resource provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11a和图11b为本申请实施例提供的一种功率余量报告MAC CE的结构示意图;FIG. 11a and FIG. 11b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法流程示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法流程示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种上行传输资源的示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an uplink transmission resource provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15a和图15b为本申请实施例提供的一种功率余量报告MAC CE的结构示意图;FIG. 15a and FIG. 15b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16a-图16b为本申请实施例提供的一种上行传输资源的示意图;16a-16b are schematic diagrams of an uplink transmission resource provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种上行传输资源的示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of an uplink transmission resource provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图18a和图18b为本申请实施例提供的一种功率余量报告MAC CE的结构示意图;FIG. 18a and FIG. 18b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种上行传输资源的示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an uplink transmission resource provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图20a和图20b为本申请实施例提供的一种功率余量报告MAC CE的结构示意图;FIG. 20a and FIG. 20b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种上行传输资源的示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of an uplink transmission resource provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图22a和图22b为本申请实施例提供的一种功率余量报告MAC CE的结构示意图;FIG. 22a and FIG. 22b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图23为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法流程示意图;FIG. 23 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图24为本申请实施例提供的一种功率余量报告MAC CE的结构示意图;FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图25a和图25b为本申请实施例提供的一种功率余量报告MAC CE的结构示意图;FIG. 25a and FIG. 25b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图26a和图26b为本申请实施例提供的一种功率余量报告MAC CE的结构示意图;FIG. 26a and FIG. 26b are schematic structural diagrams of a power headroom report MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图27为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法流程示意图;FIG. 27 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图28为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图29为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图对本发明作进一步地详细描述。The present invention will be described in further detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请将围绕可包括多个设备、组件、模块等的系统来呈现各个方面、实施例或特征。应当理解和明白的是,各个系统可以包括另外的设备、组件、模块等,并且/或者可以并不包括结合附图讨论的所有设备、组件、模块等。此外,还可以使用这些方案的组合。The present application presents various aspects, embodiments or features in terms of a system that can include a number of devices, components, modules and the like. It is to be understood and appreciated that the various systems may include additional devices, components, modules, etc. and/or may not include all of the devices, components, modules etc. discussed in connection with the figures. In addition, combinations of these schemes can also be used.
另外,在本申请实施例中,“示例的”一词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用示例的一词旨在以具体方式呈现概念。In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, the word "exemplary" is used as an example, illustration or explanation. Any embodiment or design described herein as "example" is not to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of the word example is intended to present concepts in a concrete manner.
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute limitations on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. For the evolution of architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
以下对本申请实施例的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Part of the terms used in the embodiments of the present application are explained below to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
1)终端设备,可以是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,也可以称为终端。终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。终端设备可以是用户设备(user equipment,UE),其中,UE包括具有无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备或计算设备。示例性地,UE可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑。终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请实施例中,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备;也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中或者和终端设备匹配使用。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例中,可以以实现终端设备的功能的装置是终端设备为例进行描述。本申请的实施例对终端设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。1) A terminal device may be a device with a wireless transceiver function, and may also be called a terminal. Terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as on aircraft, balloons, and satellites, etc.). The terminal device may be user equipment (user equipment, UE), where the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, or a computing device with a wireless communication function. Exemplarily, the UE may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer or a computer with a wireless transceiver function. The terminal device can also be a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, a smart Wireless terminals in power grids, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc. In this embodiment of the application, the device used to realize the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the terminal device or connected with the terminal device Matching is used. In the embodiment of the present application, the system-on-a-chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In this embodiment of the present application, description may be made by taking the terminal device as an example for realizing the function of the terminal device. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal device.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以用于下行信号的接收和/或上行信号的发送。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may be used for receiving downlink signals and/or sending uplink signals.
2)网络设备,可以是一种部署在无线接入网中、能够和终端设备进行无线通信的设备。网络设备可以是基站(base station,BS)。其中,基站可能有多种形式,比如宏基站、微基站、中继站和接入点等。本申请实施例中的网络设备是终端设备通过无线方式接入到该移动通信系统中的接入设备,可以是基站NodeB、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB)、发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、5G移动通信系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、未来移动通信系统中的基站或WiFi系统中的接入节点等。本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备;也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中或者和网络设备匹配使用。本申请实施例中,可以以实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例进行描述。本申请的实施例对无线接入网设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。2) The network device may be a device deployed in the wireless access network and capable of wireless communication with the terminal device. The network device may be a base station (base station, BS). Among them, the base station may have various forms, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay station, and an access point. The network device in the embodiment of the present application is an access device for a terminal device to access the mobile communication system through wireless means, and may be a base station NodeB, an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB), a transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP), the next generation NodeB (gNB) in the 5G mobile communication system, the base station in the future mobile communication system or the access node in the WiFi system, etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the device used to realize the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the network device or connected with the network device Matching is used. In this embodiment of the present application, description may be made by taking an apparatus that implements a function of a network device as a network device as an example. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the radio access network equipment.
无线接入网设备和终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、无人机、气球和卫星上。本申请的实施例对无线接入网设备和终端设备的应用场景不做限定。Wireless access network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on aircraft, drones, balloons and satellites in the air. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of the wireless access network device and the terminal device.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以包括调度设备和发送设备,所述调度设备包括但不限于eNB和/或gNB,运营商网络设备等,用于进行上下行资源的配置,和/或在调度模式下生成下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI);所述发送设备包括但不限于TRP或远程射频头(remote radio head,RRH),用于进行下行信号的发送和上行信号的接收,下行信号包括PDCCH,PDSCH等,上行信号包括PUCCH、PUSCH等。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may include a scheduling device and a sending device. The scheduling device includes but is not limited to eNB and/or gNB, operator network equipment, etc., for configuring uplink and downlink resources, and/or in Generate downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) in scheduling mode; the sending device includes but not limited to TRP or remote radio head (remote radio head, RRH), used for sending downlink signals and receiving uplink signals, downlink Signals include PDCCH, PDSCH, etc., and uplink signals include PUCCH, PUSCH, etc.
3)上行传输功率控制,也可以称为上行发射功率控制或上行功率控制,或者也可以简称为功率控制,是为了网络设备以合适的接收功率接收上行信号,该上行信号是终端设备通过上行物理信道传输的信号。示例性地,合适的接收功率一方面意味着该上行信号被网络设备正确解码时所需的接收功率,另一方面意味着该上行信号的上行发射功率也不能不必要的高,以免对其它上行传输造成干扰。一般的,网络设备通过指示功率控制(也称为功控)参数,来指示终端设备发送上行信号所采用的功率。3) Uplink transmission power control, which can also be called uplink transmission power control or uplink power control, or simply referred to as power control, is for network devices to receive uplink signals with appropriate receiving power. The signal transmitted by the channel. Exemplarily, the appropriate received power means on the one hand the received power required for the uplink signal to be correctly decoded by the network device, and on the other hand means that the uplink transmit power of the uplink signal cannot be unnecessarily high, so as not to affect other uplink signals. The transmission is causing interference. Generally, the network device indicates the power used by the terminal device to send the uplink signal by indicating a power control (also referred to as power control) parameter.
示例性的,功控参数包括以下功控参数中的至少一个:开环功控参数(指网络设备根据长期观测结果配置终端设备的发送功率值,或者进一步根据自身测量值确定发送功率值)、闭环功控参数(指网络设备根据瞬时测量结果确定发送功率值)、发送功率的目标值、发送功率的偏移量、路损测量参考信号索引值或者发送功率调整量。Exemplarily, the power control parameters include at least one of the following power control parameters: open-loop power control parameters (meaning that the network device configures the transmission power value of the terminal device according to long-term observation results, or further determines the transmission power value according to its own measurement value), Closed-loop power control parameters (meaning that the network equipment determines the transmission power value according to the instantaneous measurement result), the target value of the transmission power, the offset of the transmission power, the reference signal index value of the path loss measurement or the adjustment value of the transmission power.
在本申请实施例中,当终端设备传输的上行信号可为PUCCH时,所述功率余量报告为PUCCH的功率余量报告;当终端设备传输的上行信号为PUSCH时,所述功率余量报告为PUSCH的功率余量报告;当终端设备传输的上行信号为SRS时,所述功率余量报告为SRS的功率余量报告。In the embodiment of the present application, when the uplink signal transmitted by the terminal equipment can be PUCCH, the power headroom report is the power headroom report of PUCCH; when the uplink signal transmitted by the terminal equipment is PUSCH, the power headroom report is a PUSCH power headroom report; when the uplink signal transmitted by the terminal device is an SRS, the power headroom report is an SRS power headroom report.
终端设备在确定满足上报功率余量的触发条件后,确定功率余量的方法也有多种,下面以情况一~情况三举例说明。After the terminal device determines that the trigger condition for reporting the power headroom is satisfied, there are also various methods for determining the power headroom, and the following uses cases 1 to 3 as examples to illustrate.
终端设备根据在上行数据传输时刻时,在各个载波上进行所有数据传输所需的功率,计算功率余量。而且,在上行数据传输时刻进行的数据传输,可以包括网络设备调度的数据新传、数据重传、或者网络设备半静态配置的数据传输中的任一种或多种类型的数据传输,本申请实施例对此不作具体限制。The terminal equipment calculates the power headroom according to the power required for all data transmissions on each carrier at the moment of uplink data transmission. Moreover, the data transmission performed at the moment of uplink data transmission may include any one or more types of data transmission scheduled by the network device for new data transmission, data retransmission, or semi-static configuration of the network device. The embodiment does not specifically limit this.
本申请实施例中PH可以包括real和virtual两种类型。real类型的PH是指,某个组合载波(component carrier,CC)上有实际的上行传输,该上行传输包括数据信道的传输和SRS的传输,该数据传输可能包括新的数据传输、之前数据的重复传输,或半静态配置的数据传输中的任一种或几种,终端设备基于这些实际的数据传输来计算功率余量(具体可以参见情况一和情况三)。而virtual类型的PH是指,CC上没有实际的上行传输,终端设备基于一个参考格式来计算的功率余量(具体可以参见情况二)。可以看出,相比virtual类型,基于实际传输计算的real类型的功率余量对网络设备来说更具有价值,网络设备根据real类型的功率余量,可对上行资源进行更准确的调度,从而提高上行资源利用率。In this embodiment of the application, the PH may include two types: real and virtual. The real type of PH means that there is an actual uplink transmission on a component carrier (CC), the uplink transmission includes the transmission of the data channel and the transmission of the SRS, and the data transmission may include new data transmission, previous data Repeated transmission, or any one or more of semi-statically configured data transmissions, the terminal device calculates the power headroom based on these actual data transmissions (see Case 1 and Case 3 for details). The PH of the virtual type refers to the power headroom calculated by the terminal device based on a reference format without actual uplink transmission on the CC (for details, refer to Case 2). It can be seen that compared with the virtual type, the power headroom of the real type calculated based on actual transmission is more valuable to the network device. The network device can schedule uplink resources more accurately according to the power headroom of the real type, thereby Improve uplink resource utilization.
情况一:以实际传输的PUSCH确定功率余量,例如,以物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)的功率控制为例,终端设备在服务小区(serving cell)c的载波f上的上行激活部分带宽(bandwidth part,BWP)b上向网络设备发送PUSCH,则可以确定发送时机i中的PUSCH的功率余量为例,该功率余量满足公式(1):Case 1: The power headroom is determined by the PUSCH actually transmitted. For example, taking the power control of the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) as an example, the uplink of the terminal device on the carrier f of the serving cell (serving cell) c Activate part of the bandwidth (bandwidth part, BWP) b to send PUSCH to the network device, then you can determine the power headroom of the PUSCH in the sending opportunity i as an example, the power headroom satisfies the formula (1):
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000001
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000002
可以看作 开环功控参数,f b,f,c(i,l)可以看作闭环功控参数。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000002
It can be regarded as an open-loop power control parameter, and f b, f, c(i, l) can be regarded as a closed-loop power control parameter.
P CMAX,f,c(i)为终端设备配置的服务小区c的载波f上的PUSCH最大发射功率。 PCMAX,f,c(i) is the maximum transmission power of PUSCH on the carrier f of the serving cell c configured by the terminal device.
P O_PUSCH,b,f,c(j)和α b,f,c可以统称为目标(期望)接收功率,j∈{0,1,...,J-1},该参数的值可以是网络设备通过信令(例如无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令、系统消息、或DCI等)为终端设备指示或配置的;其中,网络设备可以为终端设备配置多个用于指示PO(可以看作发送功率的目标值)和α(可以看作发送功率的偏移量)的参数集合set,终端设备可以根据当前传输模式(传输模式包括初始接入传输、基于DCI的数据调度传输或基于RCC的数据调度传输等)以及SRI字段的指示(如果有的话),确定传输PUSCH采用的参数集合的编号j,从而根据参数集合的编号j,确定传输PUSCH采用的P O和α。例如,网络设备可以通过RRC信令为终端设备配置每个参数集合,每个参数集合内包括该参数集合的标识(也称索引或编号等)j,P O和α的值。 P O_PUSCH,b,f,c (j) and α b,f,c can be collectively referred to as the target (expected) received power, j∈{0,1,...,J-1}, the value of this parameter can be The network device indicates or configures the terminal device through signaling (such as radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, system message, or DCI, etc.); wherein, the network device can configure multiple POs for the terminal device to indicate (can be regarded as the target value of transmission power) and α (can be regarded as the offset of transmission power) parameter set set, the terminal device can according to the current transmission mode (transmission mode includes initial access transmission, DCI-based data scheduling transmission Or based on the RCC data scheduling transmission, etc.) and the indication of the SRI field (if any), determine the number j of the parameter set used to transmit the PUSCH, thereby determining the PO and α used to transmit the PUSCH according to the number j of the parameter set. For example, the network device can configure each parameter set for the terminal device through RRC signaling, and each parameter set includes the identifier (also called index or number, etc.) j, PO and α values of the parameter set.
当配置了多个功率控制参数集合且调度PUSCH的DCI中包括SRI字段时,终端设备可以根据SRI和参数集合之间的映射关系,确定DCI中SRI字段所指示的发送PUSCH采用的参数集合。例如,该SRI和参数集合之间的映射关系可以通过RRC信令进行配置。SRI字段用于选择PUSCH的波束,体现为当网络设备配置了多个探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)资源时,调度PUSCH时需要选择(SRI字段指示的)一个或多个SRS资源来表征PUSCH的波束,这样,通过SRI字段指示不同的值来指示不同的参数集合,可以使能不同的PUSCH波束采用独立的参数集合以增加传输性能。以SRI指示选择的SRS资源编号为例,SRS资源编号的数量表示PUSCH传输所采用的层数,SRI不同时所指示的SRS资源编号不同,对应的参数集合中的P O和α的值也不同。 When multiple power control parameter sets are configured and the DCI for scheduling PUSCH includes the SRI field, the terminal device can determine the parameter set used for sending the PUSCH indicated by the SRI field in the DCI according to the mapping relationship between the SRI and the parameter set. For example, the mapping relationship between the SRI and the parameter set can be configured through RRC signaling. The SRI field is used to select the beam of the PUSCH, which is reflected in the fact that when the network device is configured with multiple sounding reference signal (SRS) resources, one or more SRS resources (indicated by the SRI field) need to be selected (indicated by the SRI field) when scheduling the PUSCH to represent For the PUSCH beam, in this way, different parameter sets are indicated by indicating different values in the SRI field, which can enable different PUSCH beams to use independent parameter sets to increase transmission performance. Take the SRS resource number selected by SRI as an example. The number of SRS resource numbers indicates the number of layers used for PUSCH transmission. When the SRI is different, the SRS resource numbers indicated are different, and the values of PO and α in the corresponding parameter set are also different. .
当配置了多个参数集合且调度PUSCH的DCI中不包括SRI字段时,或者调度PUSCH的DCI采用精简DCI格式时,默认参数集合的编号j=2,终端设备可以根据第一个参数集合的编号对应的参数集合,确定传输PUSCH采用的P O和α的值。 When multiple parameter sets are configured and the DCI for scheduling PUSCH does not include the SRI field, or when the DCI for scheduling PUSCH adopts a simplified DCI format, the number of the default parameter set j=2, and the terminal device can use the number of the first parameter set The corresponding parameter set determines the values of PO and α used to transmit the PUSCH.
α b,f,c(j)为部分路损补偿因子,范围(0,1],该参数的值可以是网络设备通过信令(例如RRC信令、系统消息、或DCI等)为终端设备指示或配置的。 α b, f, c (j) is a partial path loss compensation factor, the range is (0, 1], the value of this parameter can be that the network device is a terminal device through signaling (such as RRC signaling, system information, or DCI, etc.) Indicated or configured.
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000003
为服务小区(serving cell)c的载波f的上行激活部分带宽(Bandwidth part)b上的PUSCH发送时机i上PUSCH占用的RB数量,即PUSCH所映射至的资源块(resource block,RB)数,或者是用于发送PUSCH的RB数,或者是发送PUSCH占用的RB数,该参数的值可以是网络设备通过信令(例如RRC信令或DCI)为终端设备指示或配置的。
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000003
is the number of RBs occupied by the PUSCH at the PUSCH transmission opportunity i on the uplink activation part bandwidth (Bandwidth part) b of the carrier f of the serving cell (serving cell) c, that is, the number of resource blocks (resource blocks, RBs) to which the PUSCH is mapped, Either the number of RBs used for sending the PUSCH, or the number of RBs occupied by sending the PUSCH, the value of this parameter may be indicated or configured by the network device for the terminal device through signaling (such as RRC signaling or DCI).
μ为PUSCH的子载波间隔配置。示例性的,μ的不同取值所对应的子载波间隔如表1所示。μ is the subcarrier spacing configuration of the PUSCH. Exemplarily, the subcarrier spacing corresponding to different values of μ is shown in Table 1.
表1Table 1
μmu Δf=2 μ·15[kHz] Δf= ·15[kHz]
00 1515
11 3030
22 6060
33 120120
44 240240
PL b,f,c(q d)为路损估计值,用于进行路损补偿,该参数值可以是终端设备根据参考信号索引值(或下行参数信号)q d估计的路损。当配置了多个路损参见信号索引值q d时,网络设备可以进一步配置多个参考信号索引值q d(也可以称为路损测量参考信号索引值)和SRI字段的值之间的映射关系,终端设备可以根据SRI字段的值确定PUSCH的路损估计值采用哪个参考信号索引值q d(或者参考信号索引值对应的参考信号)确定。当调度PUSCH的DCI采用精简DCI格式(也可以称为紧凑DCI格式),且物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)资源配置信息中包括波束指示信息时,终端设备可以根据包括波束指示信息的PUCCH资源配置信息中最小的参考信号索引值q d,确定PUSCH的路损估计值。当调度PUSCH的DCI采用精简DCI格式且PUCCH资源配置信息中不包括波束指示信息,或者调度PUSCH的DCI中不包括SRI字段时,终端设备可以根据配置的多个参考信号索引值q d,确定PUSCH的路损估计值。 PL b,f,c (q d ) is an estimated value of path loss, which is used for path loss compensation. The parameter value may be the path loss estimated by the terminal device according to the reference signal index value (or downlink parameter signal) q d . When multiple path loss reference signal index values qd are configured, the network device can further configure a mapping between multiple reference signal index values qd (also referred to as path loss measurement reference signal index values) and the value of the SRI field relationship, the terminal device can determine which reference signal index value q d (or the reference signal corresponding to the reference signal index value) is used to determine the path loss estimation value of the PUSCH according to the value of the SRI field. When the DCI for scheduling the PUSCH adopts a simplified DCI format (also called a compact DCI format), and the physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH) resource configuration information includes beam indication information, the terminal device can according to the included beam indication information The minimum reference signal index value q d in the PUCCH resource configuration information of the PUCCH resource configuration information determines the estimated value of the PUSCH path loss. When the DCI for scheduling PUSCH adopts the simplified DCI format and the PUCCH resource configuration information does not include beam indication information, or the DCI for scheduling PUSCH does not include the SRI field, the terminal device can determine the PUSCH according to the multiple configured reference signal index values qd The estimated value of the path loss.
Δ TFb,f,c(i)为与PUSCH传输的调制方式和信道编码码率有关的参数值,例如可以与PUSCH承载的信息类型(例如包括承载上行共享信道(UL-SCH)数据信息,或者信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)信息等)、PUSCH占用的物理资源位置或数量等有关。 Δ TFb,f,c (i) is a parameter value related to the modulation mode and channel coding rate of PUSCH transmission, for example, it can be related to the type of information carried by PUSCH (for example, including carrying uplink shared channel (UL-SCH) data information, or channel state information (channel state information, CSI) information, etc.), the location or quantity of physical resources occupied by the PUSCH, and the like.
f b,f,c(i,l)为根据闭环功率控制(功控)进程 l的发射功率控制(transmit power control,TPC)命令确定的功率调整值, l也可以理解为功控调整状态索引值。网络设备发送的DCI中可以携带TPC字段,该TPC字段用于指示δ PUSCH,b,f,c的参数值(如发送功率调整量δ PUSCH,b,f,c)。终端设备可以根据确定δ PUSCH,b,f,c的值,确定f b,f,c(i,l)的值。当调度PUSCH的DCI为终端设备特定的(UE specific)DCI格式,仅配置的该特定的终端设备检测该调度PUSCH的DCI,根据该调度PUSCH的DCI中的SRI字段的值与功控调整状态索引值l的映射关系,确定PUSCH对应的δ PUSCH,b,f,c(i,l)。当调度PUSCH的DCI为公共的(common)DCI格式,该调度PUSCH的DCI中携带取值为0或1的功控调整状态索引值l;终端设备根据SRI字段的值仅累加相同l值的TPC指示。当调度PUSCH的DCI采用精简DCI格式,或调度PUSCH的DCI中不包括SRI字段,功控调整状态索引值l=0。 f b, f, c (i, l) are the power adjustment values determined according to the transmit power control (transmit power control, TPC) command of the closed-loop power control (power control) process l , and l can also be understood as the power control adjustment state index value. The DCI sent by the network device may carry a TPC field, and the TPC field is used to indicate the parameter value of δ PUSCH,b,f,c (such as the transmission power adjustment amount δ PUSCH,b,f,c ). The terminal device may determine the value of f b, f, c (i, l) according to the determined value of δ PUSCH,b , f, c . When the DCI for scheduling PUSCH is a terminal equipment-specific (UE specific) DCI format, only the specific terminal equipment configured detects the DCI for scheduling PUSCH, and adjusts the state index according to the value of the SRI field in the DCI for scheduling PUSCH and the power control The mapping relationship of the value l determines the δ PUSCH,b,f,c (i,l) corresponding to the PUSCH. When the DCI for scheduling PUSCH is a common (common) DCI format, the DCI for scheduling PUSCH carries a power control adjustment state index value 1 with a value of 0 or 1; the terminal device only accumulates the TPC with the same value 1 according to the value of the SRI field instruct. When the DCI for scheduling the PUSCH adopts a simplified DCI format, or the DCI for scheduling the PUSCH does not include the SRI field, the power control adjustment state index value l=0.
当δ PUSCH,b,f,c为累加值,
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000004
其中,
When δ PUSCH,b,f,c are accumulated values,
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000004
in,
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000005
表示将发送时机i之前的一段时间内接收到的所有TPC信令指示的δ PUSCH,b,f,c进行累加。当网络设备接收到的SRI字段的值与功控调整状态索引值l关联,终端设备重置f b,f,c(k,l)=0,k=0,1,...,i。当δ PUSCH,b,f,c为绝对值,f b,f,c(i,l)=δ PUSCH,b,f,c(i,l)。
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000005
Indicates to accumulate δ PUSCH,b,f,c indicated by all TPC signaling received within a period of time before the sending opportunity i. When the value of the SRI field received by the network device is associated with the power control adjustment state index value l, the terminal device resets f b, f, c (k, l)=0, k=0,1,...,i. When δ PUSCH, b, f, c are absolute values, f b, f, c (i, l) = δ PUSCH, b, f, c (i, l).
情况二:终端还可以基于参考PUSCH格式,确定功率余量,例如,基于参考PUSCH格式计算的PH的满足公式(2):Case 2: The terminal can also determine the power headroom based on the reference PUSCH format, for example, the PH calculated based on the reference PUSCH format satisfies formula (2):
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000006
其中,P CMAX,f,c的取值满足如下范围: Among them, the value of P CMAX,f,c satisfies the following range:
P CMAX_L,f,c≤P CMAX,f,c≤P CMAX_H,f,cP CMAX_L,f,c ≤P CMAX,f,c ≤P CMAX_H,f,c ;
P CMAX_L,f,c=MIN{P EMAX,c–ΔT C,c,(P PowerClass–ΔP PowerClass)–MAX(MAX(MPR c+ΔMPR c,A-MPR c)+ΔT IB,c+ΔT C,c+ΔT RxSRS,P-MPR c)}; P CMAX_L,f,c =MIN{P EMAX,c –ΔT C,c ,(P PowerClass –ΔP PowerClass )–MAX(MAX(MPR c +ΔMPR c ,A-MPR c )+ΔT IB,c +ΔT C ,c +ΔT RxSRS ,P-MPR c )};
P CMAX_H,f,c=MIN{P EMAX,c,P PowerClass–ΔP PowerClass} P CMAX_H,f,c =MIN{P EMAX,c ,P PowerClass –ΔP PowerClass }
其中P EMAX,c为p-Max信元配置的或者NR-NS-PmaxList信元中的additionalPmax字段配置的;P PowerClass为最大UE功率,取值可以为23dBm、26dB或29dBm、31dBm;ΔT IB,c表示额外功率容忍度,取值可以为0dB;ΔT C,c取值可以为1.5dB或0dB;MPR表示允许的最大功率回退(Allowed Maximum Power Reduction),A-MPR表示额外最大功率回退(Additional Maximum Power Reduction);P-MPR表示功率管理最大功率回退(Power Management Maximum Power Reduction)。 Among them, P EMAX,c is configured by the p-Max cell or the additionalPmax field in the NR-NS-PmaxList cell; P PowerClass is the maximum UE power, and the value can be 23dBm, 26dB or 29dBm, 31dBm; ΔT IB, c represents the extra power tolerance, the value can be 0dB; ΔT C, the value of c can be 1.5dB or 0dB; MPR represents the maximum power reduction allowed (Allowed Maximum Power Reduction), A-MPR represents the additional maximum power reduction (Additional Maximum Power Reduction); P-MPR stands for Power Management Maximum Power Reduction.
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000007
的计算中,可以假设参考PUSCH对应的最大功率的参数满足:MPR=0dB,A-MPR=0dB,P-MPR=0dB.TC=0dB。P O_PUSCH,b,f,c(j)和α b,f,c(j)为网络设备配置的参考PUSCH的默认值,PL b,f,c(q d)中的参考PUSCH的路损参考信号索引为0,l=0。
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000007
In the calculation of , it may be assumed that the parameters of the maximum power corresponding to the reference PUSCH satisfy: MPR=0dB, A-MPR=0dB, P-MPR=0dB.TC=0dB. P O_PUSCH,b,f,c (j) and α b,f,c (j) are the default values of the reference PUSCH configured by the network device, and the path loss reference of the reference PUSCH in PL b,f,c (q d ) The signal index is 0, l=0.
情况三:终端还可以基于PUSCH的路损参考信号,确定功率余量,例如,基于PUSCH的路损参考信号计算的PH的满足公式(3):Case 3: The terminal can also determine the power headroom based on the path loss reference signal of PUSCH. For example, the PH calculated based on the path loss reference signal of PUSCH satisfies formula (3):
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000008
其中
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000009
的计算中,可以假设MPR=0dB,A-MPR=0dB,P-MPR=0dB.TC=0dB.P O_PUSCH,b,f,c(j)和α b,f,c(j)为网络设备配置的默认值,PL b,f,c(q d)中的路损参考信号可以为PUSCH对应的路损参考信号,l=0。
in
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000009
In the calculation of , it can be assumed that MPR=0dB, A-MPR=0dB, P-MPR=0dB.TC=0dB.P O_PUSCH,b,f,c (j) and α b,f,c (j) are network devices The configured default value, the path loss reference signal in PL b,f,c (q d ) may be the path loss reference signal corresponding to PUSCH, l=0.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第四代(4th Generation,4G),4G系统包括系统长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统,全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统,未来的第五代(5th Generation,5G)系统,如新一代无线接入技术(new radio access technology,NR),及未来的通信系统,如6G系统等,只要该通信系统能够实现信号传输均可。本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于低频(低于6GHz)场景,也可以应用于高频(6GHz以上)场景。本申请实施例的技术方案对于同构网络和异构网络的场景也适用,对于分频多任务(frequency division multiplexing,FDD)和分时多任务(time division duplexing,TDD)系统也适用。本申请实施例的技术方案也可以适用于单传输接收点(Single-TRP)或多传输接收点(Multi-TRP),或者Single-TRP和Multi-TRP的衍生场景。此外,本申请实施例中对网络设备的类型和数量不进行限定,如宏基站与宏基站、微基站与微基站,以及宏基站与微基站之间的多点协同传输。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: the fourth generation (4th Generation, 4G), 4G system includes the system long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, global interconnected microwave access (worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, future fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) system, such as new generation wireless access technology (new radio access technology, NR), and future communication system, such as 6G system, etc., as long as The communication system can realize signal transmission. The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to low-frequency (less than 6 GHz) scenarios, and can also be applied to high-frequency (above 6 GHz) scenarios. The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to scenarios of homogeneous networks and heterogeneous networks, and are also applicable to frequency division multiplexing (FDD) and time division multiplexing (TDD) systems. The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application may also be applicable to a single-transmission reception point (Single-TRP) or a multi-transmission reception point (Multi-TRP), or a derivative scenario of Single-TRP and Multi-TRP. In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the type and quantity of network equipment are not limited, such as macro base station and macro base station, micro base station and micro base station, and coordinated multi-point transmission between macro base station and micro base station.
例如,可以如图1所示的通信系统,该通信系统由网络设备(包括网络设备1和网络设备2)和终端设备组成,在该通信系统中,网络设备1可以进行上下行资源的配置,下行信号的发送和上行信号的接收,终端设备可以进行下行信号的接收和/或上行信号的发送。For example, a communication system as shown in FIG. 1 can be used. The communication system is composed of network equipment (including network equipment 1 and network equipment 2) and terminal equipment. In this communication system, network equipment 1 can configure uplink and downlink resources, For sending downlink signals and receiving uplink signals, the terminal device can receive downlink signals and/or send uplink signals.
再比如,如图2所示,是本申请的实施例应用的移动通信系统的架构示意图。如图2所示,该移动通信系统包括核心网设备210、一个无线接入网设备220和至少一个终端设备(如图2中的终端设备230和终端设备240)。终端设备通过无线的方式与无线接入网设备相连,无线接入网设备通过无线或有线方式与核心网设备连接。或者该移动通信系统包括核心网设备、至少两个无线接入网设备和至少一个终端设备,如图3所示。核心网设备与无线接入网设备可以是独立的不同的物理设备,也可以是将核心网设备的功能与无线接入网设备的逻辑功能集成在同一个物理设备上,还可以是一个物理设备上集成了部分核心网设备的功能和部分的无线接入网设备的功能。终端设备可以是固定位置的,也可以是可移动的。图2只是示意图,该通信系统中还可以包括其它网络设备,如还可以包括无线中继设备和无线回传设备,在图2中未画出。本申请的实施例对该移动通信系统中包括的核心网设备、无线接入网设备和终端设备的数量不做限定。For another example, as shown in FIG. 2 , it is a schematic structural diagram of a mobile communication system applied by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2 , the mobile communication system includes a core network device 210 , a radio access network device 220 and at least one terminal device (such as terminal device 230 and terminal device 240 in FIG. 2 ). The terminal device is connected to the wireless access network device in a wireless manner, and the wireless access network device is connected to the core network device in a wireless or wired manner. Alternatively, the mobile communication system includes core network equipment, at least two radio access network equipment and at least one terminal equipment, as shown in FIG. 3 . The core network equipment and the wireless access network equipment can be independent and different physical equipment, or the functions of the core network equipment and the logical functions of the wireless access network equipment can be integrated on the same physical equipment, or it can be a physical equipment It integrates some functions of core network equipment and some functions of radio access network equipment. Terminal equipment can be fixed or mobile. FIG. 2 is only a schematic diagram. The communication system may also include other network devices, such as wireless relay devices and wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in FIG. 2 . The embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of core network equipment, radio access network equipment, and terminal equipment included in the mobile communication system.
通过多个网络设备协作接收和处理PUSCH可以提升PUSCH传输可靠性,如图4所示,通过两个网络设备(网络设备1和网络设备2)协作接收和处理PUSCH,其中一个网络设备发送调度PUSCH的DCI,两个网络设备都可以在该DCI指示的RB位置上接收PUSCH,PUSCH可以采用时域重复的方式发送。PUSCH在不同的时间上采用不同的预编码方式重复发送同一个传输块(transport block,TB),网络设备可以通知终端设备发送PUSCH在时域(也可以称为symbol set)上的重复次数,还可以通知终端设备每次重复传输采用的预编码方式。以在PUSCH上发送2次重复数据为例,这2次重复数据分别在第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复上发送。Cooperative reception and processing of PUSCH by multiple network devices can improve the reliability of PUSCH transmission. As shown in Figure 4, two network devices (network device 1 and network device 2) cooperate to receive and process PUSCH, and one of the network devices sends and schedules PUSCH DCI, both network devices can receive the PUSCH at the RB position indicated by the DCI, and the PUSCH can be sent in a time domain repetition manner. PUSCH uses different precoding methods to repeatedly send the same transport block (TB) at different times, and the network device can notify the terminal device to send the repetition times of PUSCH in the time domain (also called symbol set), and also The terminal device may be notified of the precoding mode adopted for each repeated transmission. Taking sending repeated data twice on the PUSCH as an example, the two repeated data are sent on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition respectively.
预编码方式可以理解为波束赋形(beamforming),即发射端在具备多个发送天线的情况下,在发送同一个信号时各个发送天线之间产生幅度或者相位加权,从而使得发送信号在传输空间中形成有定向波束,即不同的预编码方式可以指采用不同的波束(对应模拟预编码机制,终端设备可以通过改变移相器相位改变波束)、天线端口或天线虚拟化方式(对应数字预编码机制,终端设备可以通过不同天线间的数字权值产生不同的波束),从而,提升传输效能。The precoding method can be understood as beamforming (beamforming), that is, when the transmitting end has multiple transmitting antennas, when transmitting the same signal, the amplitude or phase weighting is generated between the transmitting antennas, so that the transmitted signal is transmitted in the transmission space. There are directional beams formed in , that is, different precoding methods can refer to the use of different beams (corresponding to the analog precoding mechanism, the terminal device can change the beam by changing the phase of the phase shifter), antenna port or antenna virtualization method (corresponding to digital precoding mechanism, terminal equipment can generate different beams through digital weights between different antennas), thereby improving transmission efficiency.
例如,预编码方式1利于网络设备1的接收,预编码方式2利于网络设备2的接收,网络设备可以通知终端设备发送第一PUSCH重复时,采用预编码方式1对应的第一波束发送,终端设备发送第二PUSCH重复时,采用预编码方式2对应的第二波束发送。For example, the precoding mode 1 is beneficial to the reception of the network device 1, and the precoding mode 2 is beneficial to the reception of the network device 2. The network device can notify the terminal device to use the first beam corresponding to the precoding mode 1 when sending the first PUSCH repetition, and the terminal When the device transmits the second PUSCH repetition, it uses the second beam corresponding to the precoding mode 2 for transmission.
对于终端设备来说,不同预编码方式对应不同的波束,例如,symbol set 0对应的SRI=0,symbol set1对应的SRI=1,不同波束(不同symbol set上)对应的PUSCH重复可以采用独立的功控参数,即终端设备可以根据SRI与功控参数的映射关系,确定不同时间(symbol set)上的PUSCH采用的传输功率值。For terminal equipment, different precoding methods correspond to different beams. For example, SRI=0 corresponding to symbol set 0, SRI=1 corresponding to symbol set1, and PUSCH repetitions corresponding to different beams (on different symbol sets) can use independent The power control parameter, that is, the terminal device can determine the transmission power value adopted by the PUSCH at different times (symbol set) according to the mapping relationship between the SRI and the power control parameter.
多TRP协作的场景中,两个不同波束对应的PUSCH重复在同一个服务小区上传输,且两个不同波束对应的PUSCH重复的传输功率可以不同。此时,考虑到网络设备为终端设备调度第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复的上行功率时,可能需要终端设备上报不同波束对应的PUSCH重复的功率余量。而目前终端设备上报功率余量的方法,是基于一个服务小区上的PUSCH进行功率余量的确定和上报的,无法针对每个波束对应的PUSCH重复确定各自的功率余量并上报。为使网络设备更好的调度终端设备的上行功率,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,实现多种波束对应的多个功率余量的上报,提升网络设备调度上行功率的性能。In the scenario of multi-TRP cooperation, the PUSCH repetitions corresponding to two different beams are repeatedly transmitted on the same serving cell, and the transmission powers of the PUSCH repetitions corresponding to the two different beams may be different. At this time, considering that the network device schedules the uplink power of the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition for the terminal device, the terminal device may need to report the power headroom of the PUSCH repetitions corresponding to different beams. However, the current method for the terminal equipment to report the power headroom is to determine and report the power headroom based on the PUSCH on a serving cell, and it is impossible to repeatedly determine and report the respective power headrooms for the PUSCH corresponding to each beam. In order for the network device to better schedule uplink power of the terminal device, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which implements reporting of multiple power headrooms corresponding to multiple beams, and improves the performance of the network device for scheduling uplink power.
示例一example one
考虑可能发送重复数据的场景(场景1),为了保证PUSCH的传输性能,本申请提出一种通信方法。如图5所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该方法具体包括如下步骤:Considering the scenario where repeated data may be sent (scenario 1), in order to ensure the transmission performance of the PUSCH, this application proposes a communication method. As shown in FIG. 5 , it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method specifically includes the following steps:
S501:终端设备获取上行传输资源。S501: The terminal device acquires uplink transmission resources.
其中,终端设备获取的上行传输资源可以包括多种,例如,终端设备可以基于网络设备调度的方式获得上行传输资源,还可以是通过资源池自身选择的方式,获得上行传输资源,还可以是预配置的方式获得上行传输资源。下面以网络设备调度的方式举例说明。Among them, the uplink transmission resources obtained by the terminal device may include multiple types. For example, the terminal device may obtain uplink transmission resources based on network device scheduling, or obtain uplink transmission resources through the resource pool itself. Uplink transmission resources are obtained in a configured manner. The following uses an example of network device scheduling to illustrate.
一种可能的实现方式,以第一网络设备是调度终端设备的上行传输资源的网络设备为例,第一网络设备可以为终端设备配置上行传输资源。例如,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一配置信息。其中,第一配置信息用于指示终端设备的上行传输资源。下文中以上行传输资源为PUSCH为例进行说明。为终端设备配置的上行传输资源可以包括发送重复数据的PUSCH重复。下面以方式a1和方式a2举例说明。In a possible implementation manner, assuming that the first network device is a network device that schedules uplink transmission resources of the terminal device as an example, the first network device may configure uplink transmission resources for the terminal device. For example, the first network device may send the first configuration information to the terminal device. Wherein, the first configuration information is used to indicate uplink transmission resources of the terminal equipment. In the following, the uplink transmission resource is PUSCH as an example for description. The uplink transmission resource configured for the terminal device may include PUSCH repetition for sending repeated data. The method a1 and the method a2 are illustrated below as examples.
方式a1,该上行传输资源可以包括至少一个PUSCH重复,例如,以重复发送2次为例,该上行传输资源可以包括:第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复,该第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复上发送相同的传输块。Mode a1, the uplink transmission resource may include at least one PUSCH repetition, for example, taking repeated transmission twice as an example, the uplink transmission resource may include: the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH Send the same transport block repeatedly.
在一些实施例中,第一PUSCH重复对应的波束可以是第一波束,举例来说第一PUSCH重复对应的上行功率控制参数对应第一波束的功率控制参数。第二PUSCH重复对应的波束可以是第二波束,举例来说第二PUSCH重复对应的上行功率控制参数对应第二波束的功率控制参数。In some embodiments, the beam corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition may be the first beam, for example, the uplink power control parameter corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition corresponds to the power control parameter of the first beam. The beam corresponding to the second PUSCH repetition may be the second beam. For example, the uplink power control parameter corresponding to the second PUSCH repetition corresponds to the power control parameter of the second beam.
一种可能的实现方式,第一网络设备向终端设备发送的第一配置信息可以用于指示第一PUSCH重复的配置信息和第二PUSCH重复的配置信息。终端设备在获得第一配置信息后,可以根据第一PUSCH重复的配置信息和第二PUSCH重复的配置信息,确定第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复。In a possible implementation manner, the first configuration information sent by the first network device to the terminal device may be used to indicate configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition and configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition. After obtaining the first configuration information, the terminal device may determine the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition according to the configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition and the configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition.
在一些实施例中,第一配置信息还可以包括第一PUSCH重复的配置信息和第二 PUSCH重复的配置信息。即第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一PUSCH重复的配置信息和第二PUSCH重复的配置信息。In some embodiments, the first configuration information may further include configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition and configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition. That is, the first network device may send configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition and configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition to the terminal device.
因此,终端设备在获得第一PUSCH重复的配置信息和第二PUSCH重复的配置信息后,可以基于第一PUSCH重复的配置信息,确定第一PUSCH重复,及与第一PUSCH重复相关联的第一波束,基于第二PUSCH重复的配置信息,确定第二PUSCH重复,及与第二PUSCH重复相关联的第二波束。或者,终端设备可以基于第一PUSCH重复的配置信息,确定第一PUSCH重复对应的第一功率控制参数(例如,第一波束对应的开环功率控制参数基本值P0,路径损耗补偿因子alpha,路径损耗参考信号ID等),终端设备可以基于第二PUSCH重复的配置信息,确定第二PUSCH重复对应的第二功率控制参数(例如,第二波束对应的开环功率控制参数基本值P0,路径损耗补偿因子alpha,路径损耗参考信号ID等)。Therefore, after obtaining the configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition and the configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition, the terminal device can determine the first PUSCH repetition and the first PUSCH repetition associated with the first PUSCH repetition based on the configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition. The beam is determined based on configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition, and a second beam associated with the second PUSCH repetition is determined. Or, based on the configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition, the terminal device may determine the first power control parameter corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition (for example, the basic value P0 of the open-loop power control parameter corresponding to the first beam, the path loss compensation factor alpha, the path Loss reference signal ID, etc.), the terminal device can determine the second power control parameter corresponding to the second PUSCH repetition based on the configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition (for example, the open-loop power control parameter basic value P0 corresponding to the second beam, path loss compensation factor alpha, path loss reference signal ID, etc.).
相应的,终端设备可以在第一时域资源,在第一PUSCH重复上发送传输块时,可以采用第一波束的波束方向向第一网络设备发送该传输块。其中,第一时域资源可以是第一PUSCH重复对应的传输时机,该第一时域资源可以是终端设备基于第一网络设备发送的DCI指示确定的。终端设备可以在第二时域资源,在第二PUSCH重复上发送传输块时,可以采用第二波束的波束方向向第二网络设备发送该传输块。其中,第二时域资源可以是第二PUSCH重复对应的传输时机,该第二时域资源可以是终端设备基于第一网络设备发送的DCI指示确定的。Correspondingly, when sending the transport block on the first PUSCH repetition in the first time domain resource, the terminal device may use the beam direction of the first beam to send the transport block to the first network device. The first time domain resource may be a transmission opportunity corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition, and the first time domain resource may be determined by the terminal device based on the DCI indication sent by the first network device. When sending the transport block on the second PUSCH repetition in the second time domain resource, the terminal device may send the transport block to the second network device by using the beam direction of the second beam. The second time domain resource may be a transmission opportunity corresponding to the second PUSCH repetition, and the second time domain resource may be determined by the terminal device based on the DCI indication sent by the first network device.
方式a2,第一配置信息可以包括至少一个SRS资源集合,每个SRS资源集合中的SRS资源对应一个PUSCH重复。In manner a2, the first configuration information may include at least one SRS resource set, and the SRS resource in each SRS resource set corresponds to one PUSCH repetition.
还是以重复发送2次为例,第一配置信息可以包括:第一SRS资源集合的配置信息和第二SRS资源集合的配置信息。第一SRS资源集合与第二SRS资源集合对应同一服务小区中的不同波束。例如,第一SRS资源集合与第二SRS资源集合为服务小区#1(第一服务小区)中的资源。Still taking repeated sending twice as an example, the first configuration information may include: configuration information of the first SRS resource set and configuration information of the second SRS resource set. The first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set correspond to different beams in the same serving cell. For example, the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are resources in serving cell #1 (first serving cell).
第一SRS资源集合可以关联第一服务小区的第一波束。因此,第一PUSCH重复对应的配置可以与第一波束的配置相关,或者,第一PUSCH重复对应的上行功率控制参数与第一波束的功率控制参数相关。The first set of SRS resources may be associated with the first beam of the first serving cell. Therefore, the configuration corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition may be related to the configuration of the first beam, or the uplink power control parameter corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition is related to the power control parameter of the first beam.
该第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复上对应发送相同的传输块。第二SRS资源集合可以关联第一服务小区的第二波束。因此,第二PUSCH重复对应的配置可以与第二波束的配置相关,或者,第二PUSCH重复对应的上行功率控制参数与第二波束的功率控制参数相关。The same transport block is correspondingly sent on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition. The second set of SRS resources may be associated with the second beam of the first serving cell. Therefore, the configuration corresponding to the second PUSCH repetition may be related to the configuration of the second beam, or the uplink power control parameter corresponding to the second PUSCH repetition is related to the power control parameter of the second beam.
举例来说,如图6所示,第一网络设备为终端设备配置的上行授权资源包括第一SRS资源集合set#1和第二SRS资源集合set#2,其中,第一SRS资源集合set#1包括第一PUSCH重复,第一PUSCH重复对应第一波束,第一波束对应的路损参考信号索引(path loss reference signal identification,PL RS ID)可以为PL RS ID#1,第二SRS资源集合set#2包括第二PUSCH重复,第二PUSCH重复对应第二波束,第二波束对应的路损参考信号索引可以为PL RS ID#2。For example, as shown in FIG. 6, the uplink authorization resources configured by the first network device for the terminal device include a first SRS resource set #1 and a second SRS resource set #2, wherein the first SRS resource set # 1 includes the first PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition corresponds to the first beam, and the path loss reference signal index (path loss reference signal identification, PL RS ID) corresponding to the first beam can be PL RS ID#1, the second SRS resource set set#2 includes the second PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition corresponds to the second beam, and the path loss reference signal index corresponding to the second beam may be PL RS ID#2.
一种可能的实现方式,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一SRS资源集合的配置信息和第二SRS资源集合的配置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first network device may send configuration information of the first SRS resource set and configuration information of the second SRS resource set to the terminal device.
进而,终端设备可以根据第一SRS资源集合的配置信息,获得第一SRS资源集合关 联的第一波束,即终端设备可以获得第一信息中指示的第一波束。或者,终端设备可以根据第一SRS资源集合的配置信息,获得第一信息中指示的第一功率控制参数。可选的,终端设备还可以根据第一SRS资源集合的配置信息,获得相应的预编码信息。从而,终端设备可以根据第一SRS资源集合的配置信息或相应的预编码信息,在第一SRS资源对应的传输时机上,采用第一波束的波束方向向第一网络设备发送该第一PUSCH重复的传输块。Furthermore, the terminal device can obtain the first beam associated with the first SRS resource set according to the configuration information of the first SRS resource set, that is, the terminal device can obtain the first beam indicated in the first information. Alternatively, the terminal device may obtain the first power control parameter indicated in the first information according to the configuration information of the first SRS resource set. Optionally, the terminal device may also obtain corresponding precoding information according to configuration information of the first SRS resource set. Therefore, the terminal device can use the beam direction of the first beam to send the first PUSCH repetition to the first network device at the transmission opportunity corresponding to the first SRS resource according to the configuration information of the first SRS resource set or corresponding precoding information. transmission block.
终端设备可以根据第二SRS资源集合的配置信息,获得第二SRS资源集合关联的第二波束,即终端设备可以获得第一信息中指示的第二波束。或者,终端设备可以根据第二SRS资源集合的配置信息,获得第一信息中指示的第二功率控制参数。可选的,终端设备还可以根据第二SRS资源集合的配置信息,获得相应的预编码信息。从而,终端设备可以根据第二SRS资源集合的配置信息或相应的预编码信息,在第二SRS资源对应的传输时机上,采用第二波束的波束方向向第二网络设备发送该第二PUSCH重复的传输块。The terminal device may obtain the second beam associated with the second SRS resource set according to the configuration information of the second SRS resource set, that is, the terminal device may obtain the second beam indicated in the first information. Alternatively, the terminal device may obtain the second power control parameter indicated in the first information according to the configuration information of the second SRS resource set. Optionally, the terminal device may also obtain corresponding precoding information according to configuration information of the second SRS resource set. Therefore, the terminal device can use the beam direction of the second beam to send the second PUSCH repetition to the second network device at the transmission opportunity corresponding to the second SRS resource according to the configuration information of the second SRS resource set or corresponding precoding information. transmission block.
相应的,终端设备在获得第一配置信息时,还可以获得上行调度信令或者配置调度信息,以确定在上行传输资源上发送数据。举例来说,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一指示信息。结合方式a1和方式a2,第一指示信息可以用于指示终端设备在第一服务小区向第一网络设备发送第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复。Correspondingly, when obtaining the first configuration information, the terminal device may also obtain uplink scheduling signaling or configuration scheduling information, so as to determine to send data on the uplink transmission resource. For example, the first network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device. In combination with manner a1 and manner a2, the first indication information may be used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition to the first network device in the first serving cell.
需要说明的是,第一指示信息可以是与第一配置信息同时发送,也可以分开发送。例如,第一指示信息可以与第一配置信息携带在同一信令中发送,也可以是携带在不同的信令中发送,在此不做限定。It should be noted that the first indication information may be sent simultaneously with the first configuration information, or may be sent separately. For example, the first indication information and the first configuration information may be carried and sent in the same signaling, or may be carried and sent in different signalings, which is not limited here.
可选的,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Optionally, the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE.
或者,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段。具体第一字段和第二字段的结构可以参见下文,在此不再赘述。Alternatively, the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE. The specific structures of the first field and the second field can be referred to below, and will not be repeated here.
相应的,终端设备接收到第四指示信息后,可以在执行S502后,执行S503和S504。在终端设备未接收到第四指示信息时,终端设备可以采用现有的方式上报功率余量。当然,终端设备和第一网络设备还可以通过其他方式协商是否采用本申请实施例中的功率余量报告MAC CE的结构上报功率余量,在此不做限定。Correspondingly, after receiving the fourth indication information, the terminal device may perform S503 and S504 after performing S502. When the terminal device does not receive the fourth indication information, the terminal device may report the power headroom in an existing manner. Of course, the terminal device and the first network device can also negotiate in other ways whether to use the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE in the embodiment of the present application to report the power headroom, which is not limited here.
可选的,终端设备还可以向第一网络设备上报能力信息,该能力信息可以是用于指示终端设备支持PUSCH重复的能力,或者该能力信息还可以用于指示该终端设备支持终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量,或者,该能力信息还可以用于指示该终端设备支持终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段。Optionally, the terminal device may also report capability information to the first network device, where the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
进而,第一网络设备可以确定终端设备上报的功率余量报告MAC CE中为包括第一字段和第二字段的结构。或者,第一网络设备和终端设备还可以通过其他方式协商,在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段,或者,在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Furthermore, the first network device may determine that the MAC CE of the power headroom report reported by the terminal device has a structure including the first field and the second field. Alternatively, the first network device and the terminal device may also negotiate in other ways, report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE, or report the first power headroom and the first field in the power headroom report MAC CE Second power headroom.
可选的,终端设备在上报能力信息之前,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送能力请求消息,用于请求终端设备上报能力信息。以节省终端设备信令的开销。Optionally, before the terminal device reports the capability information, the first network device may also send a capability request message to the terminal device to request the terminal device to report the capability information. In order to save the signaling overhead of the terminal equipment.
S502:终端设备触发上报功率余量报告。S502: The terminal device triggers to report a power headroom report.
结合场景1,网络设备可以向终端设备发送上行调度信令,以指示终端设备在第一 PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复上发送相同传输块。例如,终端设备可以获取第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和第二网络设备分别发送第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复。In conjunction with Scenario 1, the network device may send uplink scheduling signaling to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to send the same transport block on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition. For example, the terminal device may acquire first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition to the first network device and the second network device respectively.
此时,终端设备可以基于触发上报功率余量报告的条件,确定是否上报功率余量。At this time, the terminal device may determine whether to report the power headroom based on the condition for triggering the report of the power headroom.
在本申请实施例中,可定义以下7种触发条件,当满足以下7种触发条件中的至少一个条件时,终端设备即可触发功率余量的上报,即终端设备发送功率余量报告。In this embodiment of the present application, the following seven trigger conditions can be defined. When at least one of the following seven trigger conditions is met, the terminal device can trigger the report of the power headroom, that is, the terminal device sends a power headroom report.
第一种触发条件:PHR禁止定时器(prohibitPHR-Timer)超时,且服务小区的路损值大于或等于预设门限值。该门限值可以是phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange dB。The first trigger condition: a PHR prohibition timer (prohibitPHR-Timer) expires, and the path loss value of the serving cell is greater than or equal to a preset threshold value. The threshold may be phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange dB.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备侧可设置prohibitPHR-Timer定时器。当prohibitPHR-Timer超时或者超时后,且服务小区的路损值大于门限值,终端设备可通过数据信道向网络设备上报功率余量报告。In the embodiment of the present application, the prohibitPHR-Timer timer can be set on the terminal device side. When the prohibitPHR-Timer times out or times out, and the path loss value of the serving cell is greater than the threshold value, the terminal device can report the power headroom report to the network device through the data channel.
在第一种触发条件的一种示例中,所述服务小区的路损值可为网络设备为终端设备配置的,终端设备在上报功率余量报告至网络设备后,可重启prohibitPHR-Timer定时器。In an example of the first trigger condition, the path loss value of the serving cell may be configured by the network device for the terminal device, and the terminal device may restart the prohibitPHR-Timer timer after reporting the power headroom report to the network device .
可选的,在终端设备确定是否满足触发条件之前,终端设备还可以获得第一触发信息和第二触发信息,其中,第一触发信息包括PHR禁止发送定时器和/或PHR周期定时器,第二触发信息包括PHR传输功率因子变化值。进而,终端设备可以基于第一触发信息和第二触发信息,确定是否满足触发条件。Optionally, before the terminal device determines whether the trigger condition is satisfied, the terminal device may also obtain first trigger information and second trigger information, where the first trigger information includes a PHR transmission prohibition timer and/or a PHR cycle timer, and the second The second trigger information includes the change value of the PHR transmission power factor. Furthermore, the terminal device may determine whether the trigger condition is met based on the first trigger information and the second trigger information.
一种可能的实现方式,还是以第一网络设备调度终端设备为例,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一触发信息和第二触发信息。需要说明的是,第一触发信息和第二触发信息可以是单独发送的,也可以是一起发送的,还可以是与第一配置信息、第一信息和第二信息中的至少一项一起发送的,在此不做限定。In a possible implementation manner, still taking the first network device scheduling the terminal device as an example, the first network device may send the first trigger information and the second trigger information to the terminal device. It should be noted that the first trigger information and the second trigger information may be sent separately, or together, or together with at least one of the first configuration information, first information, and second information , without limitation here.
在场景1中,即多网络设备协作传输的场景,第二触发信息还可以包括多个网络设备对应的PHR传输功率因子变化值。例如,第一网络设备和第二网络设备协作传输的场景中,第二触发信息可以包括:第一PHR传输功率因子变化值和第二PHR传输功率因子变化值。其中,第一PHR传输功率因子变化值对应第一网络设备,第二PHR传输功率因子变化值对应第二网络设备。In scenario 1, that is, a scenario in which multiple network devices coordinate transmission, the second trigger information may further include PHR transmission power factor change values corresponding to multiple network devices. For example, in a scenario where the first network device and the second network device cooperate to transmit, the second trigger information may include: a first PHR transmission power factor change value and a second PHR transmission power factor change value. Wherein, the first PHR transmission power factor change value corresponds to the first network device, and the second PHR transmission power factor change value corresponds to the second network device.
在一些实施例中,第一PHR传输功率因子变化值可以是第一网络设备对应的第一服务小区的路损的门限值,终端设备可以根据第一网络设备对应的第一服务小区的路损变化值是否超过第一PHR传输功率因子变化值及PHR禁止发送定时器是否过期,判断第一网络设备对应的第一服务小区(或第一波束)是否满足触发上报功率余量报告的条件。或者,终端设备可以根据第一PUSCH重复(或第一波束对应的路损参考信号)对应的路损变化值是否超过第一PHR传输功率因子变化值及PHR禁止发送定时器是否过期,判断第一PUSCH重复是否满足触发上报功率余量报告的条件。In some embodiments, the change value of the first PHR transmission power factor may be the threshold value of the path loss of the first serving cell corresponding to the first network device, and the terminal device may Whether the loss change value exceeds the first PHR transmission power factor change value and whether the PHR transmission prohibition timer expires, and determine whether the first serving cell (or first beam) corresponding to the first network device meets the conditions for triggering and reporting the power headroom report. Alternatively, the terminal device may determine whether the change value of the path loss corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition (or the path loss reference signal corresponding to the first beam) exceeds the change value of the first PHR transmission power factor and whether the PHR transmission prohibition timer expires, and determine whether the first Whether the PUSCH repetition satisfies the condition of triggering and reporting the power headroom report.
第二PHR传输功率因子变化值可以是第二网络设备对应的第一服务小区的路损的门限值,终端设备可以根据第二网络设备对应的第一服务小区的路损变化值是否超过第二PHR传输功率因子变化值及PHR禁止发送定时器是否过期,判断第二网络设备对应的第一服务小区是否满足触发上报功率余量报告的条件。或者,终端设备可以根据第二PUSCH重复(或第二波束对应的路损参考信号)的路损变化值是否超过第二PHR传输功率因子变化值及PHR禁止发送定时器是否过期,判断第二PUSCH重复是否满足触发上报功率余量报告的条件。The second PHR transmission power factor change value may be the threshold value of the path loss of the first serving cell corresponding to the second network device, and the terminal device may determine whether the path loss change value of the first serving cell corresponding to the second network device exceeds the threshold value of the second PHR transmission power factor change value. 2. Whether the change value of the PHR transmission power factor and the PHR transmission prohibition timer expire, and determine whether the first serving cell corresponding to the second network device satisfies the condition for triggering the reporting of the power headroom report. Alternatively, the terminal device may judge the second PUSCH according to whether the path loss change value of the second PUSCH repetition (or the path loss reference signal corresponding to the second beam) exceeds the second PHR transmission power factor change value and whether the PHR transmission prohibition timer expires. Whether the repetition meets the condition of triggering and reporting the power headroom report.
例如,如图6所示中的示例,终端设备可以根据第一服务小区或第一波束的路损参考信号满足触发上报功率余量报告的条件,确定在第一PUSCH重复上触发了上报功率余量报告。For example, as shown in FIG. 6 , the terminal device may determine that the power headroom report is triggered on the first PUSCH repetition according to the path loss reference signal of the first serving cell or the first beam meets the conditions for triggering the report of the power headroom report. volume report.
第二种触发条件:PHR周期定时器(periodicPHR-Timer)超时。The second trigger condition: the PHR periodic timer (periodicPHR-Timer) times out.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备侧可设置有periodicPHR-Timer定时器。当periodicPHR-Timer超时或者超时后,终端设备可通过数据信道向网络设备上报功率余量报告。进一步地,在终端设备向网络设备上报功率余量报告后,可重启periodicPHR-Timer定时器。针对上述第二种触发条件,可认为终端设备周期性向网络设备上报功率余量报告。In the embodiment of the present application, a periodicPHR-Timer timer may be set on the terminal device side. When the periodicPHR-Timer times out or after it times out, the terminal device can report the power headroom report to the network device through the data channel. Further, after the terminal device reports the power headroom report to the network device, the periodicPHR-Timer timer may be restarted. For the second trigger condition above, it can be considered that the terminal device periodically reports the power headroom report to the network device.
第三种触发条件:重配PHR相关的参数或定时器时。The third trigger condition: when reconfiguring PHR-related parameters or timers.
在本申请实施例中,如果终端设备接收到网络设备发送的第一信息,且所述第一信息用于重配置的PHR相关的参数值或定时器的值,那么终端设备可通过数据信道向网络设备上报功率余量报告。其中,该第一信息可以是高层配置或者重配功率余量上报功能。In the embodiment of this application, if the terminal device receives the first information sent by the network device, and the first information is used for reconfigured PHR-related parameter values or timer values, then the terminal device can send The network device reports a power headroom report. Wherein, the first information may be a high-level configuration or a reconfiguration power headroom reporting function.
第四种触发条件:为终端设备配置的上行辅服务小区(secondary cell,SCell)被激活。The fourth trigger condition: an uplink secondary serving cell (secondary cell, SCell) configured for the terminal device is activated.
在本申请实施例中,可为终端设备配置辅服务小区以及主服务小区,当辅服务小区被激活时,终端设备可上报功率余量报告至网络设备。例如,任意MAC实体激活一个辅小区,且第一个激活的下行BWP不是休眠BWP时,终端设备可上报功率余量报告至网络设备。In the embodiment of the present application, the secondary serving cell and the primary serving cell may be configured for the terminal device, and when the secondary serving cell is activated, the terminal device may report a power headroom report to the network device. For example, when any MAC entity activates a secondary cell, and the first activated downlink BWP is not a dormant BWP, the terminal device may report a power headroom report to the network device.
第五种触发条件:为终端设备添加主辅小区(primary sCell,PSCell)。The fifth trigger condition: adding a primary and secondary cell (primary sCell, PSCell) for the terminal device.
在本申请实施例中,当为终端设添加PSCell时,可触发终端设备上报功率余量报告。In this embodiment of the present application, when a PSCell is added to a terminal device, the terminal device may be triggered to report a power headroom report.
第六种触发条件:激活带宽部分发生切换。The sixth trigger condition: switching occurs in the active bandwidth part.
例如,任意MAC实体中将休眠BWP切换到非休眠BWP时,终端设备可上报功率余量报告至网络设备。For example, when a dormant BWP is switched to a non-dormant BWP in any MAC entity, the terminal device may report a power headroom report to the network device.
第七种触发条件:prohibitPHR-Timer超时,且功率管理最大功率衰减(power management maximum power reduction,P-MPR)大于或等于门限值,所述P-MPR可也称为功率回退值。The seventh trigger condition: the prohibitPHR-Timer expires, and the power management maximum power reduction (P-MPR) is greater than or equal to the threshold value, and the P-MPR may also be called a power fallback value.
在本申请实施例中,对于任何一个SCell,当prohibitPHR-Timer超时或者超时后,且功率回退值大于或等于门限值,终端设备可通过数据信道向网络设备上报功率余量报告。其中,功率回退值的门限值可以是网络设备为终端设备配置的。进一步地,终端设备在向网络设备上报功率余量报告后,可重启prohibitPHR-Timer定时器。In this embodiment of the application, for any SCell, when the prohibitPHR-Timer expires or expires, and the power backoff value is greater than or equal to the threshold value, the terminal device can report the power headroom report to the network device through the data channel. Wherein, the threshold value of the power backoff value may be configured by the network device for the terminal device. Further, after the terminal device reports the power headroom report to the network device, it can restart the prohibitPHR-Timer timer.
S503:终端设备确定第一功率余量和第二功率余量。S503: The terminal device determines the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
其中,所述第一功率余量为根据第一PUSCH重复确定的,所述第二功率余量为根据第二PUSCH重复确定的。Wherein, the first power headroom is determined according to the first PUSCH repetition, and the second power headroom is determined according to the second PUSCH repetition.
终端设备确定第一功率余量和第二功率余量的方式可以有多种,下面结合方式A1~方式A3举例说明。There may be multiple manners for the terminal device to determine the first power headroom and the second power headroom, and the manners A1 to A3 are exemplified below.
方式A1,终端设备可以基于第一PUSCH重复确定第一功率余量,基于第二PUSCH重复确定第二功率余量。In manner A1, the terminal device may determine the first power headroom based on the first PUSCH repetition, and determine the second power headroom based on the second PUSCH repetition.
结合场景1,考虑到终端设备确定了第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复。因此,终端设备可以基于第一PUSCH重复确定第一功率余量,基于第二PUSCH重复确定第二功率余量。In combination with Scenario 1, it is considered that the terminal device determines the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition. Therefore, the terminal device may determine the first power headroom based on the first PUSCH repetition, and determine the second power headroom based on the second PUSCH repetition.
在一些实施例中,终端设备可以根据情况一中的公式(1),及第一波束、第一功率控 制参数或第一PUSCH重复中的至少一项,确定第一PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第一功率余量。根据情况一中的公式(1),及第二波束、第二功率控制参数或第二PUSCH重复中的至少一项,确定第二PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第二功率余量。In some embodiments, the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition according to formula (1) in case 1, and at least one of the first beam, the first power control parameter, or the first PUSCH repetition, And use the power headroom as the first power headroom. According to the formula (1) in case 1, and at least one of the second beam, the second power control parameter, or the second PUSCH repetition, determine the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom.
例如,第一功率余量可以是基于第一波束对应的第一PUSCH重复确定的,第二功率余量可以是基于第二波束对应的第二PUSCH重复确定的。For example, the first power headroom may be determined based on the first PUSCH repetition corresponding to the first beam, and the second power headroom may be determined based on the second PUSCH repetition corresponding to the second beam.
方式A2,终端设备还可以基于参考PUSCH确定功率余量。In manner A2, the terminal device may also determine the power headroom based on the reference PUSCH.
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备可以基于情况二中的公式(2),确定功率余量。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device may determine the power headroom based on the formula (2) in the second case.
在一些实施例中,终端设备可以根据情况一中的公式(1)确定第一PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第一功率余量。根据情况二中的公式(2)确定参考PUSCH的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第二功率余量。In some embodiments, the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition according to formula (1) in case 1, and use the power headroom as the first power headroom. The power headroom of the reference PUSCH is determined according to the formula (2) in the second case, and the power headroom is used as the second power headroom.
在另一些实施例中,终端设备可以根据情况一中的公式(1)确定第二PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第二功率余量。根据情况二中的公式(2)确定参考PUSCH的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第一功率余量。In some other embodiments, the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition according to the formula (1) in the first case, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom. The power headroom of the reference PUSCH is determined according to the formula (2) in the second case, and the power headroom is used as the first power headroom.
方式A3,终端设备还可以基于波束对应的路损参考信号,确定功率余量。In manner A3, the terminal device may also determine the power headroom based on the path loss reference signal corresponding to the beam.
一种可能的实现方式,可以基于情况三中的公式(3),确定功率余量。In a possible implementation manner, the power headroom may be determined based on the formula (3) in the third case.
在一些实施例中,终端设备可以根据情况一中的公式(1)确定第一PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第一功率余量。根据情况三中的公式(3)确定第二波束对应的路损参考信号的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第二功率余量。In some embodiments, the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition according to formula (1) in case 1, and use the power headroom as the first power headroom. The power headroom of the path loss reference signal corresponding to the second beam is determined according to the formula (3) in the third case, and the power headroom is used as the second power headroom.
在一些实施例中,终端设备可以根据情况一中的公式(1)确定第二PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第二功率余量。根据情况三中的公式(3)确定第一波束对应的路损参考信号的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第一功率余量。In some embodiments, the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition according to formula (1) in case 1, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom. The power headroom of the path loss reference signal corresponding to the first beam is determined according to the formula (3) in the third case, and the power headroom is used as the first power headroom.
S504:终端设备上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量。S504: The terminal device reports the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
其中,结合场景1,终端设备可以向第一网络设备在第一PUSCH重复上发送第一功率余量和第二功率余量。终端设备可以向第二网络设备在第二PUSCH重复上发送第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Wherein, in combination with scenario 1, the terminal device may send the first power headroom and the second power headroom to the first network device on the first PUSCH repetition. The terminal device may send the first power headroom and the second power headroom to the second network device on the second PUSCH repetition.
一种可能的实现方式,第一功率余量和第二功率余量可以携带在功率余量报告MAC CE上发送。该功率余量报告MAC CE可以是在第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复上传输。In a possible implementation manner, the first power headroom and the second power headroom may be carried on the power headroom report MAC CE and sent. The power headroom report MAC CE may be transmitted on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
其中,触发功率余量上报可以与所述第一PUSCH重复或第二PUSCH重复相关。例如,如图6所示,以在确定触发了功率余量上报后,终端设备根据上行授权调度信令(例如,第一指示信息),确定可传输的上行传输资源为第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复为例,此时,终端设备可以在第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复上分别向第一网络设备和第二网络设备发送功率余量报告MAC CE,该功率余量报告MAC CE可以携带第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Wherein, triggering the power headroom report may be related to the first PUSCH repetition or the second PUSCH repetition. For example, as shown in FIG. 6, after determining that the power headroom report is triggered, the terminal device determines that the transmittable uplink transmission resource is the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition according to the uplink grant scheduling signaling (for example, the first indication information). Two PUSCH repetitions are taken as an example. At this time, the terminal device can send a power headroom report MAC CE to the first network device and the second network device respectively on the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition. The power headroom report MAC CE can be Carrying a first power headroom and a second power headroom.
在一些实施例中,功率余量报告MAC CE中,可以包括第一字段和第二字段。其中,第一字段可以用于指示第一功率余量,第二字段可以用于指示第二功率余量。举例来说,第一字段可以用于指示上报的第一功率余量的功率余量等级。第二字段可以用于指示上报的第二功率余量的功率余量等级。示例性的,如图7a所示,第一字段(PH1-1)的长度可 以为6bit,第二字段(PH2-1)的长度可以为6bit。可选的,功率余量报告MAC CE中还可以包括第一功率余量对应的最大功率指示字段,该字段可以用于指示第一功率余量的最大功率值,例如,P CMAX,f,c1。功率余量报告MAC CE中还可以包括第二功率余量对应的最大功率指示字段,该字段可以用于指示第二功率余量的最大功率值,例如,P CMAX,f,c,1In some embodiments, the power headroom report MAC CE may include a first field and a second field. Wherein, the first field may be used to indicate the first power headroom, and the second field may be used to indicate the second power headroom. For example, the first field may be used to indicate the power headroom level of the reported first power headroom. The second field may be used to indicate the power headroom level of the reported second power headroom. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 7a, the length of the first field (PH1-1) may be 6 bits, and the length of the second field (PH2-1) may be 6 bits. Optionally, the power headroom report MAC CE may also include a maximum power indication field corresponding to the first power headroom, which may be used to indicate the maximum power value of the first power headroom, for example, P CMAX, f, c1 . The power headroom report MAC CE may also include a maximum power indication field corresponding to the second power headroom, which may be used to indicate the maximum power value of the second power headroom, for example, P CMAX,f,c,1 .
功率余量报告MAC CE还可以包括第一功率余量对应的P字段,该P字段的值的设置需要满足(Maximum Permissible Exposure,MPE)要求,或者,该P字段用于指示该功率余量是否执行了功率回退。功率余量报告MAC CE还可以包括第一功率余量对应的V字段,V字段表示PH值是基于实际传输还是基于参考PUSCH计算的。例如,在V字段为1时,可以用于指示PH值是基于实际传输计算的,在V字段为0时,可以用于指示PH值是基于参考PUSCH计算的,在图7a所示的示例中,第一波束对应的第一PUSCH重复的第一功率余量(PH1-1)可以是基于第一PUSCH重复计算的,因此,第一功率余量对应的V字段可以为1。第二波束对应的第二PUSCH重复的第二功率余量(PH2-1)可以是基于第二PUSCH重复计算的,因此,第二功率余量对应的V字段可以为1。The power headroom report MAC CE may also include a P field corresponding to the first power headroom, and the setting of the value of the P field needs to meet the (Maximum Permissible Exposure, MPE) requirement, or, the P field is used to indicate whether the power headroom A power fallback was performed. The power headroom report MAC CE may also include a V field corresponding to the first power headroom, and the V field indicates whether the PH value is calculated based on actual transmission or reference PUSCH. For example, when the V field is 1, it can be used to indicate that the PH value is calculated based on actual transmission. When the V field is 0, it can be used to indicate that the PH value is calculated based on the reference PUSCH. In the example shown in Figure 7a The first power headroom (PH1-1) of the first PUSCH repetition corresponding to the first beam may be calculated based on the first PUSCH repetition, therefore, the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 1. The second power headroom (PH2-1) of the second PUSCH repetition corresponding to the second beam may be calculated based on the second PUSCH repetition, therefore, the V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 1.
可选的,功率余量报告MAC CE中,可以包括指示字段集合。该指示字段集合可以用于指示每一个载波上是否有PHR上报,即如图7a所述,针对第一网络设备,可以包括4个指示字段,分别用于指示第一网络设备的主服务小区R、服务小区C1~C3是否有PHR上报。针对第二网络设备,可以包括4个指示字段,分别用于指示第二网络设备的主服务小区R、服务小区C1~C3是否有PHR上报。假设R、Ci字段表示主服务小区、服务小区i对应的PHR是否存在,例如,在指示字段为1时,可以表示该指示字段对应的服务小区上报了PHR,例如,在指示字段为0时,可以表示该指示字段对应的服务小区未上报PHR。Optionally, the power headroom report MAC CE may include a set of indication fields. The indication field set can be used to indicate whether there is a PHR report on each carrier, that is, as shown in FIG. . Whether the serving cells C1-C3 have PHR reports. For the second network device, four indication fields may be included, which are respectively used to indicate whether the primary serving cell R and serving cells C1-C3 of the second network device have PHR reports. Assume that the R and Ci fields indicate whether the PHR corresponding to the primary serving cell and serving cell i exists. For example, when the indication field is 1, it can indicate that the serving cell corresponding to the indication field has reported a PHR. For example, when the indication field is 0, It may indicate that the serving cell corresponding to the indication field has not reported the PHR.
结合图6中的例子,功率余量报告中的主服务小区R可以为第一服务小区,因此,功率余量报告MAC CE中,指示字段R的值为1,其他指示字段C1~C3的值为0。With reference to the example in Figure 6, the primary serving cell R in the power headroom report can be the first serving cell. Therefore, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the value of the indication field R is 1, and the values of other indication fields C1-C3 is 0.
考虑功率余量报告MAC CE中可以包括多个功率余量的情况,下面以方式一和方式二举例说明功率余量报告MAC CE中功率余量和指示字段的排序的可能的方式。Considering the situation that multiple power headrooms can be included in the power headroom report MAC CE, the following methods 1 and 2 are used to illustrate the possible ways of sorting the power headroom and indication fields in the power headroom report MAC CE.
方式一,指示字段集合中的多个指示字段可以先根据指示字段对应的服务小区索引ServCellIndex按照升序排列,再按照指示字段对应的波束索引升序排列。或者,可以先根据指示字段对应的服务小区索引按照升序排列,再按照指示字段对应的网络设备的索引升序排列。再比如,还可以先按照指示字段对应的服务小区索引按照升序排列,再按照指示字段对应的波束索引(或路损参考信号索引)升序排列。 Mode 1, the multiple indication fields in the indication field set may be arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell index ServCellIndex corresponding to the indication field, and then arranged in ascending order according to the beam index corresponding to the indication field. Alternatively, it may first arrange in ascending order according to the serving cell index corresponding to the indication field, and then arrange in ascending order according to the index of the network device corresponding to the indication field. For another example, the serving cell index corresponding to the indication field may be arranged in ascending order first, and then arranged in ascending order according to the beam index (or path loss reference signal index) corresponding to the indication field.
相应的,功率余量的排序方式可以为:先根据功率余量对应的服务小区索引按照升序排列,再按照功率余量对应的波束索引(或路损参考信号索引)升序排列。或者,可以先根据功率余量对应的服务小区索引按照升序排列,再按照功率余量对应的波束索引升序排列。或者,可以先根据功率余量对应的服务小区索引按照升序排列,再按照功率余量对应的网络设备的索引升序排列。Correspondingly, the sorting manner of the power headroom may be: first arrange in ascending order according to the serving cell index corresponding to the power headroom, and then arrange in ascending order according to the beam index (or path loss reference signal index) corresponding to the power headroom. Alternatively, the serving cell index corresponding to the power headroom may be arranged in ascending order first, and then the beam index corresponding to the power headroom may be arranged in ascending order. Alternatively, the serving cell index corresponding to the power headroom may be arranged in ascending order first, and then arranged in ascending order according to the index of the network device corresponding to the power headroom.
其中,根据功率余量对应的波束索引升序排列的方式中,也可以有多种替代的实现方式。举例来说,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一字段和第二字段可以基于波束的波束索引升序排列,例如,第一波束的波束索引先于第二波束的波束索引,则功率余量报告MAC CE中按照第一字段和第二字段的顺序升序排列。在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一字段和第二字段可以基于SRS资源集合索引升序排列,例如,第一波束对应的第一SRS资源集合的索引先于第二波束对应的第二SRS资源集合的索引时,则功率余量报告MAC CE中按 照第一字段和第二字段的顺序升序排列。在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一字段和第二字段可以基于路径参考信号索引升序排列,例如,第一功率余量对应的路径参考信号的路径参考信号索引先于第二功率余量对应的路径参考信号的路径参考信号索引时,则功率余量报告MAC CE中按照第一字段和第二字段的顺序升序排列。在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一字段和第二字段可以基于网络设备的索引升序排列,例如,第一网络设备的索引先于第二网络设备的索引,则功率余量报告MAC CE中按照第一字段和第二字段的顺序升序排列。There may also be multiple alternative implementation manners in the manner of arranging in ascending order according to the beam indexes corresponding to the power headroom. For example, in a possible implementation manner, the first field and the second field may be arranged in ascending order based on the beam index of the beam. For example, if the beam index of the first beam is earlier than the beam index of the second beam, the power headroom In the report MAC CE, it is sorted in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field. In another possible implementation, the first field and the second field may be arranged in ascending order based on the index of the SRS resource set, for example, the index of the first SRS resource set corresponding to the first beam is earlier than the index of the second SRS resource set corresponding to the second beam When the index of the resource set is used, the power headroom report MAC CE is arranged in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field. In another possible implementation manner, the first field and the second field may be arranged in ascending order based on the path reference signal index, for example, the path reference signal index of the path reference signal corresponding to the first power headroom is earlier than the path reference signal index of the second power headroom When the path reference signal index of the corresponding path reference signal is used, the power headroom report MAC CE is arranged in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field. In another possible implementation, the first field and the second field can be arranged in ascending order based on the index of the network equipment, for example, the index of the first network equipment is earlier than the index of the second network equipment, then the power headroom report MAC CE in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field.
其中,指示字段对应的服务小区索引升序排列的方式可以依次为R、C1、C2、C3。功率余量对应的服务小区索引升序排列的方式可以依次为主服务小区R对应的功率余量、服务小区C1对应的功率余量、服务小区C2对应的功率余量、服务小区C3对应的功率余量。Wherein, the manner in which the serving cell indexes corresponding to the indication field are arranged in ascending order may be R, C1, C2, and C3 in sequence. The serving cell index corresponding to the power headroom can be arranged in ascending order in order of the power headroom corresponding to the primary serving cell R, the power headroom corresponding to the serving cell C1, the power headroom corresponding to the serving cell C2, and the power headroom corresponding to the serving cell C3. quantity.
以第一网络设备的TRP索引(TRP#1)先于第二网络设备的TRP索引(TRP#2)为例,指示字段的排序方式可以为图7a所示的方式,考虑到图6中第一服务小区(例如,主服务小区R)的功率余量包括第一功率余量和第二功率余量。该第一功率余量和第二功率余量可以是携带在指示字段R对应的功率余量字段上。例如,如图7a所示,第一字段用于指示第一功率余量,第二字段用于指示第二功率余量。Taking the TRP index (TRP#1) of the first network device prior to the TRP index (TRP#2) of the second network device as an example, the ordering method of the indication fields can be as shown in FIG. The power headroom of a serving cell (eg, primary serving cell R) includes a first power headroom and a second power headroom. The first power headroom and the second power headroom may be carried in a power headroom field corresponding to the indication field R. For example, as shown in FIG. 7a, the first field is used to indicate the first power headroom, and the second field is used to indicate the second power headroom.
方式二,指示字段集合中的多个指示字段可以先根据指示字段对应的波束索引升序排列,在根据指示字段对应的服务小区索引按照升序排列。或者,可以先根据指示字段对应的网络设备的索引升序排列,再按照指示字段对应的服务小区索引按照升序排列。再比如,还可以先按照指示字段对应的波束索引(或路损参考信号索引)升序排列,再按照指示字段对应的服务小区索引按照升序排列。In the second manner, the multiple indication fields in the indication field set may be arranged in ascending order according to the beam index corresponding to the indication field, and then arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell index corresponding to the indication field. Alternatively, it may first be arranged in ascending order according to the index of the network device corresponding to the indication field, and then arranged in ascending order according to the index of the serving cell corresponding to the indication field. For another example, the beam indexes (or path loss reference signal indexes) corresponding to the indication fields may be arranged in ascending order first, and then the serving cell indexes corresponding to the indication fields may be arranged in ascending order.
相应的,功率余量的排序方式可以为:先根据功率余量对应的波束索引(或路损参考信号索引或网络设备索引或SRS资源集合的索引)升序排列,再按照功率余量对应的服务小区索引升序排列。Correspondingly, the sorting method of the power headroom may be as follows: first arrange in ascending order according to the beam index (or path loss reference signal index or network device index or SRS resource set index) corresponding to the power headroom, and then sort according to the service The cell indexes are sorted in ascending order.
还是以第一网络设备的TRP索引(TRP#1)先于第二网络设备的TRP索引(TRP#2)为例,指示字段的排序方式可以为图7b所示的方式,即依次为TRP#1的主服务小区R、TRP#2的主服务小区R、TRP#1的服务小区C1、TRP#2的服务小区C1、TRP#1的服务小区C2、TRP#2的服务小区C2、TRP#1的服务小区C3、TRP#2的服务小区C3。Still taking the TRP index (TRP#1) of the first network device prior to the TRP index (TRP#2) of the second network device as an example, the ordering method of the indication fields can be as shown in FIG. 7b, that is, TRP# Primary serving cell R of 1, primary serving cell R of TRP#2, serving cell C1 of TRP#1, serving cell C1 of TRP#2, serving cell C2 of TRP#1, serving cell C2 of TRP#2, TRP# The serving cell C3 of 1 and the serving cell C3 of TRP#2.
考虑到图6中第一服务小区(例如,主服务小区R)的功率余量包括第一功率余量和第二功率余量。功率余量的排序只有一个服务小区的情况下,可以基于波束索引升序排列,以第一波束索引先于第二波束索引为例,如图7b所示,该第一功率余量和第二功率余量可以是携带在指示字段R对应的功率余量字段上。第一字段用于指示第一功率余量(PH1-1),第二字段用于指示第二功率余量(PH2-1)。Considering that the power headroom of the first serving cell (for example, the primary serving cell R) in FIG. 6 includes a first power headroom and a second power headroom. When there is only one serving cell in power headroom sorting, it can be arranged in ascending order based on the beam index, taking the first beam index prior to the second beam index as an example, as shown in Figure 7b, the first power headroom and the second power headroom The headroom may be carried in the power headroom field corresponding to the indication field R. The first field is used to indicate the first power headroom (PH1-1), and the second field is used to indicate the second power headroom (PH2-1).
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,波束索引的排列方式是以功率余量对应的波束索引进行升序排列进行举例说明的,当然,功率余量基于波束索引排列的方式还可以是其他方式进行排列的,例如,降序排列,或随机排列等方式,具体实现方式可以参考上文中的升序排列,在此不再赘述。在下文中,仍以波束索引的排列方式是以功率余量对应的波束索引进行升序排列进行举例说明,其他方式不再赘述。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the arrangement of the beam indexes is illustrated as an example in which the beam indexes corresponding to the power headroom are arranged in ascending order. Of course, the arrangement of the power headroom based on the beam indexes can also be in other ways For the sorting, for example, sorting in descending order or random sorting, the specific implementation method can refer to the sorting in ascending order above, and will not be repeated here. In the following, the arrangement manner of the beam index is still used as an example to illustrate that the beam index corresponding to the power headroom is arranged in ascending order, and other manners will not be described in detail.
示例二Example two
结合场景1,如图8所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该方 法具体包括如下步骤:Combining scenario 1, as shown in FIG. 8 , it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method specifically includes the following steps:
S801:终端设备获取上行传输资源。S801: The terminal device acquires uplink transmission resources.
其中,上行传输资源可以包括第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复。具体可以参考S501中的第一配置信息的方式a1和方式a2配置第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the uplink transmission resources may include the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition. Specifically, the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition can be configured with reference to the manner a1 and the manner a2 of the first configuration information in S501, and details are not repeated here.
可选的,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Optionally, the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE.
或者,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段。Alternatively, the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE.
相应的,终端设备接收到第四指示信息后,可以在执行S802后,执行S803和S804。在终端设备未接收到第四指示信息时,终端设备可以采用现有的方式上报功率余量。当然,终端设备和第一网络设备还可以通过其他方式协商是否采用本申请实施例中的功率余量报告MAC CE的结构上报功率余量,在此不做限定。Correspondingly, after receiving the fourth indication information, the terminal device may perform S803 and S804 after performing S802. When the terminal device does not receive the fourth indication information, the terminal device may report the power headroom in an existing manner. Of course, the terminal device and the first network device can also negotiate in other ways whether to use the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE in the embodiment of the present application to report the power headroom, which is not limited here.
可选的,终端设备还可以向第一网络设备上报能力信息,该能力信息可以是用于指示终端设备支持PUSCH重复的能力,或者该能力信息还可以用于指示该终端设备支持终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量,或者,该能力信息还可以用于指示该终端设备支持终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段。Optionally, the terminal device may also report capability information to the first network device, where the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
进而,第一网络设备可以确定终端设备上报的功率余量报告MAC CE中为包括第一字段和第二字段的结构。或者,第一网络设备和终端设备还可以通过其他方式协商,在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段,或者,在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Furthermore, the first network device may determine that the MAC CE of the power headroom report reported by the terminal device has a structure including the first field and the second field. Alternatively, the first network device and the terminal device may also negotiate in other ways, report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE, or report the first power headroom and the first field in the power headroom report MAC CE Second power headroom.
可选的,终端设备在上报能力信息之前,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送能力请求消息,用于请求终端设备上报能力信息。以节省终端设备信令的开销。Optionally, before the terminal device reports the capability information, the first network device may also send a capability request message to the terminal device to request the terminal device to report the capability information. In order to save the signaling overhead of the terminal equipment.
S802:终端设备触发上报功率余量报告。S802: The terminal device triggers to report a power headroom report.
具体可以参考S502,在此不再赘述。For details, reference may be made to S502, which will not be repeated here.
S803:终端设备确定第一字段和第二字段。S803: The terminal device determines the first field and the second field.
其中,第一字段指示第一PUSCH重复的第一功率余量,第二字段指示第二PUSCH重复的第二功率余量。第二PUSCH重复与第一波束对应,第二PUSCH重复与第二波束对应。第一功率余量的确定方式和第二功率余量的确定方式可以参考S503中的确定方式,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the first field indicates the first power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition, and the second field indicates the second power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition. The second PUSCH repetition corresponds to the first beam, and the second PUSCH repetition corresponds to the second beam. For the manner of determining the first power headroom and the manner of determining the second power headroom, reference may be made to the manner of determining in S503 , which will not be repeated here.
S804:终端设备上报第一字段和第二字段。S804: The terminal device reports the first field and the second field.
结合场景1,终端设备在第一PUSCH重复上向第一网络设备上报第一字段和第二字段。With reference to scenario 1, the terminal device reports the first field and the second field to the first network device on the first PUSCH repetition.
其中,终端设备上报第一字段和第二字段的方式可以有多种,例如,可以参考S504中的上报方式,即第一字段和第二字段可以是功率余量报告MAC CE中的功率余量字段。Among them, there are many ways for the terminal device to report the first field and the second field. For example, you can refer to the reporting method in S504, that is, the first field and the second field can be the power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
结合方式一:所述上报顺序按照第一字段对应的服务小区索引升序排序,再按照二字段的服务小区索引升序排序;其中,第一波束索引与第二波束索引为升序关系。Combination mode 1: the reporting order is sorted in ascending order according to the serving cell index corresponding to the first field, and then sorted in ascending order according to the serving cell index in the second field; wherein, the first beam index and the second beam index are in ascending order.
例如,结合图6所示,第一字段中指示一个第一功率余量,第二字段中指示一个第二功率余量,因此,上报第一字段和第二字段的方式可以如图7a所示。For example, as shown in FIG. 6, a first power headroom is indicated in the first field, and a second power headroom is indicated in the second field. Therefore, the manner of reporting the first field and the second field can be as shown in FIG. 7a .
结合方式二:所述上报顺序为先按照第一字段和第二字段的波束索引升序排序,再按照第一字段和第二字段的服务小区索引对第一字段和第二字段升序排序。Combination mode 2: The reporting order is firstly sorted in ascending order according to beam indexes of the first field and the second field, and then sorted in ascending order of the first field and the second field according to the serving cell indexes of the first field and the second field.
例如,结合图6所示,第一字段中指示一个第一功率余量,第二字段中指示一个第二功率余量,因此,上报第一字段和第二字段的方式可以如图7b所示。For example, as shown in FIG. 6, a first power headroom is indicated in the first field, and a second power headroom is indicated in the second field. Therefore, the manner of reporting the first field and the second field can be as shown in FIG. 7b .
在第一字段和第二字段基于波束索引进行排序的方式中,也可以有多种替代的实现方式。例如,一种可能的实现方式中,第一字段和第二字段可以基于网络设备的索引升序排列,例如,第一网络设备的索引先于第二网络设备的索引,则功率余量报告MAC CE中按照第一字段和第二字段的顺序升序排列。在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一字段和第二字段可以基于波束的波束索引升序排列,例如,第一波束的波束索引先于第二波束的波束索引,则功率余量报告MAC CE中按照第一字段和第二字段的顺序升序排列。在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一字段和第二字段可以基于SRS资源集合索引升序排列,例如,第一波束对应的第一SRS资源集合的索引先于第二波束对应的第二SRS资源集合的索引时,则功率余量报告MAC CE中按照第一字段和第二字段的顺序升序排列。在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一字段和第二字段可以基于路径参考信号索引升序排列,例如,第一功率余量对应的路径参考信号的路径参考信号索引先于第二功率余量对应的路径参考信号的路径参考信号索引时,则功率余量报告MAC CE中按照第一字段和第二字段的顺序升序排列。In the manner in which the first field and the second field are sorted based on the beam index, there may also be multiple alternative implementation manners. For example, in a possible implementation manner, the first field and the second field may be arranged in ascending order based on the index of the network equipment, for example, the index of the first network equipment is earlier than the index of the second network equipment, then the power headroom report MAC CE in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field. In another possible implementation, the first field and the second field can be arranged in ascending order based on the beam index of the beam, for example, the beam index of the first beam is earlier than the beam index of the second beam, then the power headroom report MAC CE in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field. In another possible implementation, the first field and the second field may be arranged in ascending order based on the index of the SRS resource set, for example, the index of the first SRS resource set corresponding to the first beam is earlier than the index of the second SRS resource set corresponding to the second beam When the index of the resource set is used, the power headroom report MAC CE is arranged in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field. In another possible implementation manner, the first field and the second field may be arranged in ascending order based on the path reference signal index, for example, the path reference signal index of the path reference signal corresponding to the first power headroom is earlier than the path reference signal index of the second power headroom When the path reference signal index of the corresponding path reference signal is used, the power headroom report MAC CE is arranged in ascending order according to the order of the first field and the second field.
通过上述方法,mTRP PUSCH repetition场景下上报两个PHR,UE能够上报两个波束方向对应的repetition的功率余量情况实现上报两个TRP对应的PHR,帮助两个TRP调整各自对应的PUSCH的功率。Through the above method, two PHRs are reported in the mTRP PUSCH repetition scenario, and the UE can report the power headroom of the repetitions corresponding to the two beam directions to report the PHRs corresponding to the two TRPs, helping the two TRPs to adjust the corresponding PUSCH power.
示例三Example three
考虑可能发送非重复数据的场景(场景2),为了保证PUSCH的传输性能,本申请提出一种通信方法。如图9所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该方法具体包括如下步骤:Considering the scenario where non-repeated data may be sent (scenario 2), in order to ensure the transmission performance of PUSCH, this application proposes a communication method. As shown in FIG. 9 , it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method specifically includes the following steps:
S901:终端设备获取上行传输资源。S901: The terminal device acquires uplink transmission resources.
一种可能的实现方式,以第一网络设备是调度终端设备的上行传输资源的网络设备为例,第一网络设备可以为终端设备配置上行传输资源。In a possible implementation manner, assuming that the first network device is a network device that schedules uplink transmission resources of the terminal device as an example, the first network device may configure uplink transmission resources for the terminal device.
[根据细则91更正 08.09.2022] 
例如,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一配置信息。其中,第一配置信息用于指示终端设备的上行传输资源。考虑发送非重复数据的场景,为终端设备配置的上行传输资源可以包括发送非重复数据的PUSCH。此时,第一配置信息用于指示第三PUSCH的配置信息,第三PUSCH可以是对应第一服务小区(例如,服务小区#1)的上行传输资源,结合S501,第三PUSCH可以是与第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复位于同一服务小区的上行传输资源。
[Corrected 08.09.2022 under Rule 91]
For example, the first network device may send the first configuration information to the terminal device. Wherein, the first configuration information is used to indicate uplink transmission resources of the terminal equipment. Considering the scenario of sending non-repetitive data, the uplink transmission resource configured for the terminal device may include a PUSCH for sending non-repetitive data. At this time, the first configuration information is used to indicate the configuration information of the third PUSCH, and the third PUSCH may be an uplink transmission resource corresponding to the first serving cell (for example, serving cell #1). The first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition are located in the uplink transmission resource of the same serving cell.
另外,终端设备还可以获得的上行传输资源包括:第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复。该第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复的获得方式可以参考方式a1和方式a2确定,例如,第一配置信息中携带第一PUSCH重复的配置信息和第二PUSCH重复的配置信息,再比如,终端设备可以获得第一SRS资源集合的配置信息和第二SRS资源集合的配置信息。终端设备可以根据第一SRS资源集合的配置信息,确定第一PUSCH重复,根据第二SRS资源集合的配置信息,确定第二PUSCH重复。In addition, the uplink transmission resource that the terminal device can also obtain includes: the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition. The method of obtaining the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition can be determined by referring to method a1 and method a2. For example, the first configuration information carries the configuration information of the first PUSCH repetition and the configuration information of the second PUSCH repetition. For another example, the terminal The device may obtain configuration information of the first SRS resource set and configuration information of the second SRS resource set. The terminal device may determine the first PUSCH repetition according to the configuration information of the first SRS resource set, and determine the second PUSCH repetition according to the configuration information of the second SRS resource set.
其中,以第三PUSCH对应所述第一波束和/或所述第一功率控制参数为例,第三 PUSCH的配置信息可以用于指示第一波束对应的配置信息,或第一功率控制参数的配置信息。从而,终端设备在获得可以第三PUSCH的配置信息后,可以在第三PUSCH上采用第一波束向第一网络设备发送数据。相应的,终端设备在第三PUSCH上触发功率余量上报时,还可以基于第三PUSCH进行功率余量的确定,即确定了第一波束对应的功率余量。Wherein, taking the third PUSCH corresponding to the first beam and/or the first power control parameter as an example, the configuration information of the third PUSCH may be used to indicate the configuration information corresponding to the first beam, or the configuration information of the first power control parameter configuration information. Therefore, after obtaining the configuration information of the third PUSCH, the terminal device may use the first beam on the third PUSCH to send data to the first network device. Correspondingly, when the terminal device triggers the power headroom report on the third PUSCH, it may further determine the power headroom based on the third PUSCH, that is, determine the power headroom corresponding to the first beam.
在一些实施例中,第一配置信息还可以用于指示第一波束或者用于指示第一功率控制参数。In some embodiments, the first configuration information may also be used to indicate the first beam or to indicate the first power control parameter.
因此,终端设备在获得第一配置信息时,可以基于第一配置信息,确定第一波束对应的第三PUSCH。或者,终端设备在获得第一功率控制参数时,可以基于第一功率控制参数,确定第一功率控制参数对应的第三PUSCH。再比如,终端设备在获得第一配置信息时,可以基于第一配置信息中指示的第一波束和第一功率控制参数,确定第三PUSCH。Therefore, when obtaining the first configuration information, the terminal device may determine the third PUSCH corresponding to the first beam based on the first configuration information. Alternatively, when obtaining the first power control parameter, the terminal device may determine the third PUSCH corresponding to the first power control parameter based on the first power control parameter. For another example, when obtaining the first configuration information, the terminal device may determine the third PUSCH based on the first beam and the first power control parameter indicated in the first configuration information.
终端设备可以根据第一SRS资源集合的配置信息,获得第一SRS资源集合关联的第一波束,即终端设备可以获得第一配置信息中指示的第一波束。或者,终端设备可以根据第一SRS资源集合的配置信息,获得第一配置信息中指示的第一功率控制参数。可选的,终端设备还可以根据第一SRS资源集合的配置信息,获得相应的预编码信息。从而,终端设备可以根据第一SRS资源集合的配置信息或相应的预编码信息,在第一SRS资源对应的传输时机上,采用第一波束的波束方向向第一网络设备发送该第三PUSCH传输。The terminal device may obtain the first beam associated with the first SRS resource set according to the configuration information of the first SRS resource set, that is, the terminal device may obtain the first beam indicated in the first configuration information. Alternatively, the terminal device may obtain the first power control parameter indicated in the first configuration information according to the configuration information of the first SRS resource set. Optionally, the terminal device may also obtain corresponding precoding information according to configuration information of the first SRS resource set. Therefore, the terminal device can use the beam direction of the first beam to send the third PUSCH transmission to the first network device at the transmission opportunity corresponding to the first SRS resource according to the configuration information of the first SRS resource set or corresponding precoding information .
相应的,终端设备在获得第一配置信息时,还可以获得上行调度信令或者配置调度信息,以确定在上行传输资源上发送数据。Correspondingly, when obtaining the first configuration information, the terminal device may also obtain uplink scheduling signaling or configuration scheduling information, so as to determine to send data on the uplink transmission resource.
一种可能的实现方式,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送第二指示信息,其中,第二指示信息可以用于指示UE在第一服务小区向第一网络设备发送第三PUSCH传输。终端设备在接收到第二指示信息后,在第一SRS资源对应的传输时机上,采用第一波束的波束方向向第一网络设备发送该第三PUSCH传输。In a possible implementation manner, the first network device may send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information may be used to instruct the UE to send the third PUSCH transmission to the first network device in the first serving cell. After receiving the second indication information, the terminal device uses the beam direction of the first beam to send the third PUSCH transmission to the first network device at the transmission opportunity corresponding to the first SRS resource.
可选的,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Optionally, the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE.
或者,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段。具体第一字段和第二字段的结构可以参见下文,在此不再赘述。Alternatively, the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE. The specific structures of the first field and the second field can be referred to below, and will not be repeated here.
相应的,终端设备接收到第四指示信息后,可以在执行S902后,执行S903和S904。在终端设备未接收到第四指示信息时,终端设备可以采用现有的方式上报功率余量。当然,终端设备和第一网络设备还可以通过其他方式协商是否采用本申请实施例中的功率余量报告MAC CE的结构上报功率余量,在此不做限定。Correspondingly, after receiving the fourth indication information, the terminal device may perform S903 and S904 after performing S902. When the terminal device does not receive the fourth indication information, the terminal device may report the power headroom in an existing manner. Of course, the terminal device and the first network device can also negotiate in other ways whether to use the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE in the embodiment of the present application to report the power headroom, which is not limited here.
可选的,终端设备还可以向第一网络设备上报能力信息,该能力信息可以是用于指示终端设备支持PUSCH重复的能力,或者该能力信息还可以用于指示该终端设备支持终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量,或者,该能力信息还可以用于指示该终端设备支持终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段。Optionally, the terminal device may also report capability information to the first network device, where the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
进而,第一网络设备可以确定终端设备上报的功率余量报告MAC CE中为包括第一字段和第二字段的结构。或者,第一网络设备和终端设备还可以通过其他方式协商,在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段,或者,在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Furthermore, the first network device may determine that the MAC CE of the power headroom report reported by the terminal device has a structure including the first field and the second field. Alternatively, the first network device and the terminal device may also negotiate in other ways, report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE, or report the first power headroom and the first field in the power headroom report MAC CE Second power headroom.
可选的,终端设备在上报能力信息之前,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送能力请求消息,用于请求终端设备上报能力信息。以节省终端设备信令的开销。Optionally, before the terminal device reports the capability information, the first network device may also send a capability request message to the terminal device to request the terminal device to report the capability information. In order to save the signaling overhead of the terminal equipment.
S902:终端设备触发上报功率余量报告。S902: The terminal device triggers to report a power headroom report.
其中,终端设备触发上报功率余量报告可以参考S402中的7种触发条件,当满足7种触发条件中的一个或多个条件时,终端设备即可触发功率余量的上报,即终端设备发送功率余量报告。Among them, the terminal device can trigger the reporting of the power headroom report by referring to the seven trigger conditions in S402. When one or more of the seven trigger conditions are met, the terminal device can trigger the report of the power headroom, that is, the terminal device sends Power headroom report.
以第一种触发条件为例,在场景2中,考虑非重复数据传输的场景,终端设备可以获得第一触发信息和第二触发信息,基于第一触发信息和第二触发信息,确定是否满足触发条件。Taking the first trigger condition as an example, in Scenario 2, considering the scenario of non-repeated data transmission, the terminal device can obtain the first trigger information and the second trigger information, and determine whether the condition is satisfied based on the first trigger information and the second trigger information Triggering conditions.
在一些实施例中,PHR传输功率因子变化值可以是第一网络设备对应的第一服务小区的路损的门限值,终端设备可以根据第一网络设备对应的路损变化值是否超过PHR传输功率因子变化值及PHR禁止发送定时器是否过期,判断第一网络设备对应的第一服务小区是否满足触发上报功率余量报告的条件,即判断第三PUSCH是否满足触发上报功率余量报告的条件。或者,终端设备可以根据第一网络设备对应的第三PUSCH的路损变化值是否超过PHR传输功率因子变化值及PHR禁止发送定时器是否过期,判断第三PUSCH是否满足触发上报功率余量报告的条件。在该实施例中,PHR传输功率因子变化值可以与上述第一PHR传输功率因子变化值相同,也可以不同,在此不做限定。In some embodiments, the change value of the PHR transmission power factor may be the threshold value of the path loss of the first serving cell corresponding to the first network device, and the terminal device may determine whether the change value of the path loss corresponding to the first network device exceeds the threshold value of the PHR transmission Whether the power factor change value and the PHR transmission prohibition timer expires, and determine whether the first serving cell corresponding to the first network device meets the conditions for triggering the report of the power headroom report, that is, judges whether the third PUSCH meets the conditions for triggering the report of the power headroom report . Alternatively, the terminal device may determine whether the third PUSCH meets the requirements for triggering the report of the power headroom report according to whether the change value of the path loss of the third PUSCH corresponding to the first network device exceeds the change value of the PHR transmission power factor and whether the PHR transmission prohibition timer expires. condition. In this embodiment, the PHR transmission power factor change value may be the same as or different from the first PHR transmission power factor change value, which is not limited herein.
S903:终端设备确定第一功率余量和第二功率余量。S903: The terminal device determines the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
结合场景2,考虑到终端设备可能未获得第二波束对应的第二PUSCH重复,因此,在该场景中,终端设备可以基于第三PUSCH,确定第一功率余量。终端设备可以基于参考PUSCH,确定第二功率余量。In combination with scenario 2, considering that the terminal device may not obtain the second PUSCH repetition corresponding to the second beam, therefore, in this scenario, the terminal device may determine the first power headroom based on the third PUSCH. The terminal device may determine the second power headroom based on the reference PUSCH.
其中,触发功率余量上报可以与所述第三PUSCH相关。例如,如图10所示,以在确定触发了功率余量上报后,终端设备根据上行授权调度信令(例如,第二指示信息),确定可传输的上行传输资源为第三PUSCH重复为例,此时,终端设备可以在第三PUSCH上向第一网络设备发送功率余量报告MAC CE,该功率余量报告MAC CE可以携带第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Wherein, triggering power headroom reporting may be related to the third PUSCH. For example, as shown in FIG. 10, after determining that the power headroom report is triggered, the terminal device determines that the transmittable uplink transmission resource is the third PUSCH repetition according to the uplink grant scheduling signaling (for example, the second indication information) , at this time, the terminal device may send a power headroom report MAC CE to the first network device on the third PUSCH, and the power headroom report MAC CE may carry the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
下面以方式B1~方式B2举例说明。In the following, modes B1 to B2 are used as examples for illustration.
方式B1,终端设备可以根据公式(1),基于第三PUSCH,确定第三PUSCH的功率余量,并将第三PUSCH的功率余量作为第一功率余量。Mode B1, the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the third PUSCH based on the third PUSCH according to formula (1), and use the power headroom of the third PUSCH as the first power headroom.
方式B2,终端设备可以根据公式(2),确定参考PUSCH的功率余量,并将参考PUSCH的功率余量作为第一功率余量。其中,参考PUSCH可以是情况二中网络设备配置的默认的P O_PUSCH,b,f,c(j)和α b,f,c(j),路损参考信号索引为0,且
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000010
中,MPR=0dB,A-MPR=0dB,P-MPR=0dB.TC=0dB的参考PUSCH。
In manner B2, the terminal device may determine the power headroom of the reference PUSCH according to formula (2), and use the power headroom of the reference PUSCH as the first power headroom. Wherein, the reference PUSCH may be the default P O_PUSCH, b, f, c (j) and α b, f, c (j) configured by the network device in the second case, the path loss reference signal index is 0, and
Figure PCTCN2022110476-appb-000010
Among them, MPR=0dB, A-MPR=0dB, P-MPR=0dB. TC=0dB reference PUSCH.
S904:UE上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量。S904: The UE reports the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
一种可能的实现方式,第一功率余量和第二功率余量携带在功率余量报告MAC CE中。结合场景2,该功率余量报告MAC CE可以是在第三PUSCH上传输。In a possible implementation manner, the first power headroom and the second power headroom are carried in the power headroom report MAC CE. In combination with Scenario 2, the power headroom report MAC CE may be transmitted on the third PUSCH.
一种可能的实现方式,功率余量报告是具体的触发条件可以参见S402和S902的触发条件,在此不再赘述。以在确定触发了功率余量上报后,终端设备根据上行授权调度信令 (例如,第二指示信息),确定可传输的上行传输资源为第三PUSCH重复为例,此时,终端设备可以在第三PUSCH上向第一网络设备发送功率余量报告MAC CE,该功率余量报告MAC CE可以携带第一功率余量和第二功率余量。In a possible implementation manner, the power headroom report is a specific trigger condition, which can be referred to the trigger conditions of S402 and S902, and will not be repeated here. Taking after determining that the power headroom report is triggered, the terminal device determines that the transmittable uplink transmission resource is the third PUSCH repetition according to the uplink grant scheduling signaling (for example, the second indication information), at this time, the terminal device can be in The power headroom report MAC CE is sent to the first network device on the third PUSCH, and the power headroom report MAC CE may carry the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
在一些实施例中,功率余量报告MAC CE的结构可以如图11a和图11b所示,图11a是结合方式一对指示字段和功率余量对应的字段进行排序的方式的一种示例,图11b为结合方式二对指示字段和功率余量对应的字段进行排序的方式的一种示例。In some embodiments, the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE can be as shown in Figure 11a and Figure 11b, Figure 11a is an example of a way of sorting the indication field and the field corresponding to the power headroom in a combined manner, Figure 11a 11b is an example of a way of sorting the indication field and the field corresponding to the power headroom in combination with the second way.
功率余量报告MAC CE中,可以包括指示字段和功率余量字段集合。指示字段集合中的每个指示字段用于指示该功率余量报告对应的服务小区是否存在上报的功率余量。功率余量字段集合包括第一功率余量对应的第一字段和第二功率余量对应的第二字段。In the power headroom report MAC CE, an indication field and a set of power headroom fields may be included. Each indication field in the indication field set is used to indicate whether the serving cell corresponding to the power headroom report has a reported power headroom. The power headroom field set includes a first field corresponding to the first power headroom and a second field corresponding to the second power headroom.
其中,功率余量字段集合可以包括第一字段和第二字段。其中,第一字段可以用于指示第一功率余量,第二字段可以用于指示第二功率余量。举例来说,第一字段可以用于指示上报的第一功率余量的功率余量等级。第二字段可以用于指示上报的第二功率余量的功率余量等级。示例性的,第二字段的长度可以为6bit,第一字段的长度可以为6bit。可选的,第一字段还可以用于指示第一功率余量的最大功率值,例如,P CMAX,f,c。第二字段还可以用于指示第二功率余量的最大功率值,例如,P CMAX,f,cWherein, the power headroom field set may include a first field and a second field. Wherein, the first field may be used to indicate the first power headroom, and the second field may be used to indicate the second power headroom. For example, the first field may be used to indicate the power headroom level of the reported first power headroom. The second field may be used to indicate the power headroom level of the reported second power headroom. Exemplarily, the length of the second field may be 6 bits, and the length of the first field may be 6 bits. Optionally, the first field may also be used to indicate the maximum power value of the first power headroom, for example, P CMAX,f,c . The second field may also be used to indicate the maximum power value of the second power headroom, for example, P CMAX,f,c .
在该示例中,考虑到第二功率余量为根据参考PUSCH确定的,因此,在功率余量报告MAC CE中,第二功率余量对应的V字段可以为0,具体可以参见图11a和图11b。In this example, considering that the second power headroom is determined according to the reference PUSCH, therefore, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the V field corresponding to the second power headroom can be 0, for details, refer to FIG. 11a and FIG. 11b.
示例四Example four
结合场景2,如图12所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该方法具体包括如下步骤:Combining scenario 2, as shown in FIG. 12 , it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method specifically includes the following steps:
S1201:终端设备获取上行传输资源。S1201: The terminal device acquires uplink transmission resources.
其中,上行传输资源可以包括第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复,及第三PUSCH。具体可以参考S901中的第一配置信息的配置第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复,及第三PUSCH,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the uplink transmission resources may include the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH. For details, reference may be made to the configuration of the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH in the first configuration information in S901 , which will not be repeated here.
可选的,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Optionally, the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE.
或者,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段。Alternatively, the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE.
相应的,终端设备接收到第四指示信息后,可以在执行S1202后,执行S1203和S1204。在终端设备未接收到第四指示信息时,终端设备可以采用现有的方式上报功率余量。当然,终端设备和第一网络设备还可以通过其他方式协商是否采用本申请实施例中的功率余量报告MAC CE的结构上报功率余量,在此不做限定。Correspondingly, after receiving the fourth indication information, the terminal device may perform S1203 and S1204 after performing S1202. When the terminal device does not receive the fourth indication information, the terminal device may report the power headroom in an existing manner. Of course, the terminal device and the first network device can also negotiate in other ways whether to use the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE in the embodiment of the present application to report the power headroom, which is not limited here.
可选的,终端设备还可以向第一网络设备上报能力信息,该能力信息可以是用于指示终端设备支持PUSCH重复的能力,或者该能力信息还可以用于指示该终端设备支持终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量,或者,该能力信息还可以用于指示该终端设备支持终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段。Optionally, the terminal device may also report capability information to the first network device, where the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
进而,第一网络设备可以确定终端设备上报的功率余量报告MAC CE中为包括第一字段和第二字段的结构。或者,第一网络设备和终端设备还可以通过其他方式协商,在功率 余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段,或者,在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Furthermore, the first network device may determine that the MAC CE of the power headroom report reported by the terminal device has a structure including the first field and the second field. Alternatively, the first network device and the terminal device may also negotiate in other ways, report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE, or report the first power headroom and the first field in the power headroom report MAC CE Second power headroom.
可选的,终端设备在上报能力信息之前,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送能力请求消息,用于请求终端设备上报能力信息。以节省终端设备信令的开销。Optionally, before the terminal device reports the capability information, the first network device may also send a capability request message to the terminal device to request the terminal device to report the capability information. In order to save the signaling overhead of the terminal equipment.
S1202:终端设备触发上报功率余量报告。S1202: The terminal device triggers to report a power headroom report.
具体可以参考S902,在此不再赘述。For details, reference may be made to S902, which will not be repeated here.
S1203:终端设备确定第一字段和第二字段。S1203: The terminal device determines the first field and the second field.
其中,第一字段指示第三PUSCH的第一功率余量,第二字段指示参考PUSCH的第二功率余量。第三PUSCH与第一波束对应。第一功率余量的确定方式和第二功率余量的确定方式可以参考S903中的确定方式,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the first field indicates the first power headroom of the third PUSCH, and the second field indicates the second power headroom of the reference PUSCH. The third PUSCH corresponds to the first beam. For the manner of determining the first power headroom and the manner of determining the second power headroom, reference may be made to the manner of determining in S903 , which will not be repeated here.
S1204:终端设备上报第一字段和第二字段。S1204: The terminal device reports the first field and the second field.
结合场景2,终端设备在第三PUSCH上向第一网络设备上报第一字段和第二字段。In conjunction with scenario 2, the terminal device reports the first field and the second field to the first network device on the third PUSCH.
其中,终端设备上报第一字段和第二字段的方式可以有多种,例如,可以参考S904中的上报方式,即第一字段和第二字段可以是功率余量报告MAC CE中的功率余量字段。具体上报的功率余量报告MAC CE的方式可以参考图11a和图11b的示例,在此不再赘述。Among them, there are many ways for the terminal device to report the first field and the second field. For example, you can refer to the reporting method in S904, that is, the first field and the second field can be the power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field. Refer to the examples in Fig. 11a and Fig. 11b for the specific reported power headroom report MAC CE manner, which will not be repeated here.
示例五Example five
考虑可能同时发送非重复数据和重复数据的场景(场景3),例如,重复数据在服务小区#1上发送,触发上报PHR的PUSCH在服务小区#2。或者,非重复数据在服务小区#1上发送,触发上报PHR的PUSCH在服务小区#2。为了保证PUSCH的传输性能,本申请提出一种通信方法。如图13所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该方法具体包括如下步骤:Consider the scenario where non-repeated data and repeated data may be sent at the same time (scenario 3), for example, the repeated data is sent on serving cell #1, and the PUSCH that triggers reporting of PHR is on serving cell #2. Alternatively, the non-repetitive data is sent on the serving cell #1, and the PUSCH that triggers reporting of the PHR is on the serving cell #2. In order to ensure the transmission performance of the PUSCH, the present application proposes a communication method. As shown in FIG. 13 , it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method specifically includes the following steps:
S1301:终端设备获取上行传输资源。S1301: The terminal device acquires uplink transmission resources.
一种可能的实现方式,以第一网络设备是调度终端设备的上行传输资源的网络设备为例,第一网络设备可以为终端设备配置上行传输资源。例如,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一配置信息。其中,第一配置信息用于指示终端设备的上行传输资源。In a possible implementation manner, assuming that the first network device is a network device that schedules uplink transmission resources of the terminal device as an example, the first network device may configure uplink transmission resources for the terminal device. For example, the first network device may send the first configuration information to the terminal device. Wherein, the first configuration information is used to indicate uplink transmission resources of the terminal equipment.
考虑发送非重复数据和发送重复数据可能同时存在的场景,为终端设备配置的上行传输资源可以包括发送非重复数据的PUSCH和发送重复数据的PUSCH重复。Considering the scenario that sending non-repetitive data and sending repeated data may exist at the same time, the uplink transmission resource configured for the terminal device may include PUSCH for sending non-repetitive data and repetition of PUSCH for sending repeated data.
[根据细则91更正 08.09.2022] 
还是以重复发送2次为例,发送重复数据的上行传输资源可以包括:第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复,该第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复上对应发送相同的传输块。第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复对应同一服务小区,例如第一服务小区。具体第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复的内容可以参见S501,在此不再赘述。
[Corrected 08.09.2022 under Rule 91]
Still taking repeated sending twice as an example, the uplink transmission resources for sending repeated data may include: a first PUSCH repetition and a second PUSCH repetition, and the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition correspondingly send the same transmission block. The first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition correspond to the same serving cell, for example, the first serving cell. For details about the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition, reference may be made to S501, which will not be repeated here.
相应的,第一配置信息可以包括:用于指示第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复的配置信息。另外,第一配置信息还可以包括:用于指示第四PUSCH的配置信息,第四PUSCH可以是对应第二服务小区的上行传输资源,即第四PUSCH是与第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复位于不同服务小区(例如,服务小区#2)的上行传输资源。Correspondingly, the first configuration information may include: configuration information for indicating the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition. In addition, the first configuration information may also include: configuration information for indicating the fourth PUSCH, the fourth PUSCH may be the uplink transmission resource corresponding to the second serving cell, that is, the fourth PUSCH is repeated with the first PUSCH and the second PUSCH Uplink transmission resources located in different serving cells (for example, serving cell #2).
第四PUSCH对应的波束的波束方向可以与第一波束的波束方向相同,也可以与第一波束的波束方向不同,或者,第四PUSCH对应的功率控制参数可以与第一PUSCH重复对应的功率控制参数相同,也可以与第一PUSCH重复对应的功率控制参数不同。The beam direction of the beam corresponding to the fourth PUSCH may be the same as the beam direction of the first beam, or may be different from the beam direction of the first beam, or, the power control parameter corresponding to the fourth PUSCH may repeat the power control parameter corresponding to the first PUSCH The parameters are the same, and may also be different from the power control parameters corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition.
[根据细则91更正 08.09.2022] 
可选的,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息可以用于指 示UE在第一服务小区向第一网络设备发送第一PUSCH重复传输,另外,第一指示信息还可以用于指示UE在第一服务小区向第二网络设备发送第二PUSCH重复传输。具体可以参考S501。相比S501,在S1301中,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第三指示信息,其中,第三指示信息可以用于指示UE在第二服务小区向第一网络设备发送第四PUSCH传输。
[Corrected 08.09.2022 under Rule 91]
Optionally, the first network device may send first indication information to the terminal device, and the first indication information may be used to instruct the UE to send the first PUSCH repeated transmission to the first network device in the first serving cell. In addition, the first indication information It may also be used to instruct the UE to send the second PUSCH repeated transmission to the second network device in the first serving cell. For details, refer to S501. Compared with S501, in S1301, the first network device may further send third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information may be used to instruct the UE to send a fourth PUSCH transmission to the first network device in the second serving cell.
可选的,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Optionally, the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE.
或者,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段。Alternatively, the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE.
相应的,终端设备接收到第四指示信息后,可以在执行S1302后,执行S1303和S1304。在终端设备未接收到第四指示信息时,终端设备可以采用现有的方式上报功率余量。当然,终端设备和第一网络设备还可以通过其他方式协商是否采用本申请实施例中的功率余量报告MAC CE的结构上报功率余量,在此不做限定。Correspondingly, after receiving the fourth indication information, the terminal device may perform S1303 and S1304 after performing S1302. When the terminal device does not receive the fourth indication information, the terminal device may report the power headroom in an existing manner. Of course, the terminal device and the first network device can also negotiate in other ways whether to use the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE in the embodiment of the present application to report the power headroom, which is not limited here.
可选的,终端设备还可以向第一网络设备上报能力信息,该能力信息可以是用于指示终端设备支持PUSCH重复的能力,或者该能力信息还可以用于指示该终端设备支持终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量,或者,该能力信息还可以用于指示该终端设备支持终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段。Optionally, the terminal device may also report capability information to the first network device, where the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
进而,第一网络设备可以确定终端设备上报的功率余量报告MAC CE中为包括第一字段和第二字段的结构。或者,第一网络设备和终端设备还可以通过其他方式协商,在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段,或者,在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Furthermore, the first network device may determine that the MAC CE of the power headroom report reported by the terminal device has a structure including the first field and the second field. Alternatively, the first network device and the terminal device may also negotiate in other ways, report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE, or report the first power headroom and the first field in the power headroom report MAC CE Second power headroom.
可选的,终端设备在上报能力信息之前,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送能力请求消息,用于请求终端设备上报能力信息。以节省终端设备信令的开销。Optionally, before the terminal device reports the capability information, the first network device may also send a capability request message to the terminal device to request the terminal device to report the capability information. In order to save the signaling overhead of the terminal equipment.
S1302:终端设备触发上报功率余量报告。S1302: The terminal device triggers to report a power headroom report.
其中,终端设备触发上报功率余量报告可以参考S402中的7种触发条件,当满足7种触发条件中的一个或多个条件时,终端设备即可触发功率余量的上报,即终端设备发送功率余量报告。Among them, the terminal device can trigger the reporting of the power headroom report by referring to the seven trigger conditions in S402. When one or more of the seven trigger conditions are met, the terminal device can trigger the report of the power headroom, that is, the terminal device sends Power headroom report.
以第一种触发条件为例,在场景3中,PHR传输功率因子变化值可以是第一网络设备对应的第二服务小区的路损的门限值,终端设备可以根据第一网络设备对应的第二服务小区的路损变化值是否超过PHR传输功率因子变化值及PHR禁止发送定时器是否过期,判断第四PUSCH是否满足触发上报功率余量报告的条件。或者,终端设备可以根据第一网络设备对应的第四PUSCH的路损变化值是否超过PHR传输功率因子变化值及PHR禁止发送定时器是否过期,判断第四PUSCH是否满足触发上报功率余量报告的条件。需要说明的是,在该实施例中,PHR传输功率因子变化值可以与上述第二PHR传输功率因子变化值相同,也可以不同,PHR传输功率因子变化值可以与上述第一PHR传输功率因子变化值相同,也可以不同,在此不做限定。Taking the first trigger condition as an example, in scenario 3, the PHR transmission power factor change value can be the threshold value of the path loss of the second serving cell corresponding to the first network device, and the terminal device can Whether the change value of the path loss of the second serving cell exceeds the change value of the PHR transmission power factor and whether the PHR transmission prohibition timer expires, determines whether the fourth PUSCH satisfies the condition for triggering the report of the power headroom report. Alternatively, the terminal device may determine whether the fourth PUSCH meets the requirements for triggering the report of the power headroom report according to whether the change value of the path loss of the fourth PUSCH corresponding to the first network device exceeds the change value of the PHR transmission power factor and whether the PHR transmission prohibition timer expires. condition. It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the PHR transmission power factor change value may be the same as or different from the second PHR transmission power factor change value, and the PHR transmission power factor change value may be the same as the first PHR transmission power factor change value. The values are the same or different, which is not limited here.
S1303:终端设备确定第一功率余量和第二功率余量。S1303: The terminal device determines the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
考虑到在场景3中,考虑非重复数据和重复数据可能同时传输,同一服务小区上的PUSCH在时域上可能重叠的场景,终端设备可以基于第一PUSCH重复确定第一功率余量。 所述第二功率余量可以是根据第二PUSCH重复确定的,还可以是根据第二PUSCH的路径损耗信号确定的。Considering that in scenario 3, non-repeated data and repeated data may be transmitted at the same time, and PUSCHs on the same serving cell may overlap in time domain, the terminal device may determine the first power headroom based on the first PUSCH repetition. The second power headroom may be determined according to the repetition of the second PUSCH, or may be determined according to the path loss signal of the second PUSCH.
比如,考虑不同服务小区上的PUSCH在时域上可能重叠的场景,或者,终端设备可以基于第三PUSCH确定第一功率余量。所述第二功率余量可以是根据参考PUSCH传输确定的,所述第二功率余量可以是根据第二PUSCH重复确定的,还可以是根据第二PUSCH的路径损耗信号确定的。For example, consider a scenario where PUSCHs on different serving cells may overlap in the time domain, or, the terminal device may determine the first power headroom based on the third PUSCH. The second power headroom may be determined according to a reference PUSCH transmission, the second power headroom may be determined according to a second PUSCH repetition, or may be determined according to a path loss signal of the second PUSCH.
下面以方式C1~方式C4举例说明。In the following, modes C1 to C4 are used as examples for illustration.
方式C1:终端设备可以根据情况一中的公式(1),及第一波束、第一功率控制参数或第一PUSCH重复中的至少一项,确定第一PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第一功率余量。根据情况一中的公式(1),及第二波束、第二功率控制参数或第二PUSCH重复中的至少一项,确定第二PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第二功率余量。Way C1: The terminal device can determine the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition according to formula (1) in case 1 and at least one of the first beam, the first power control parameter, or the first PUSCH repetition, and use the The power headroom serves as the first power headroom. According to the formula (1) in case 1, and at least one of the second beam, the second power control parameter, or the second PUSCH repetition, determine the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom.
方式C2:终端设备可以根据情况一中的公式(1)及第二波束、第二功率控制参数或第二PUSCH重复中的至少一项,确定第二PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第二功率余量。终端设备可以根据情况二中的公式(2)确定参考PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第一功率余量。或者,终端设备可以根据情况三中的公式(3)及第一波束或第一PUSCH重复对应的路损参考信号,确定功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第一功率余量。Way C2: The terminal device can determine the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition according to formula (1) in case 1 and at least one of the second beam, the second power control parameter, or the second PUSCH repetition, and set the power headroom The headroom is used as the second power headroom. The terminal device may determine the power headroom of the reference PUSCH repetition according to the formula (2) in the second case, and use the power headroom as the first power headroom. Alternatively, the terminal device may determine the power headroom according to formula (3) in case three and the path loss reference signal corresponding to the first beam or first PUSCH repetition, and use the power headroom as the first power headroom.
方式C3:终端设备可以根据情况一中的公式(1)及第一波束、第一功率控制参数或第一PUSCH中的至少一项,确定第一PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第一功率余量。Way C3: The terminal device can determine the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition according to formula (1) in case 1 and at least one of the first beam, the first power control parameter, or the first PUSCH, and use the power headroom amount as the first power headroom.
终端设备可以根据情况二中的公式(2)确定参考PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第二功率余量。或者,终端设备可以根据情况三中的公式(3)及第二波束、第二功率控制参数或第二PUSCH重复对应的路损参考信号,确定功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第二功率余量。The terminal device may determine the power headroom of the reference PUSCH repetition according to the formula (2) in the second case, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom. Alternatively, the terminal device may determine the power headroom according to formula (3) in case three and the path loss reference signal corresponding to the second beam, the second power control parameter, or the second PUSCH repetition, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom.
方式C4:终端设备可以先确定与第四PUSCH在时域上重复的传输时机较早的PUSCH重复,例如,第一PUSCH重复与第四PUSCH在时域上重叠或部分重叠,第二PUSCH重复与第四PUSCH在时域上重叠或部分重叠。此时,可以根据第一PUSCH重复的传输时机和第二PUSCH重复的传输时机,确定采用公式(1)确定功率余量的PUSCH重复。Mode C4: The terminal device may first determine the PUSCH repetition that is earlier in the time domain repetition of the fourth PUSCH repetition, for example, the first PUSCH repetition overlaps or partially overlaps the fourth PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and the second PUSCH repetition overlaps with the fourth PUSCH repetition in the time domain. The fourth PUSCH overlaps or partially overlaps in the time domain. At this time, the PUSCH repetition for determining the power headroom using formula (1) may be determined according to the transmission opportunity of the first PUSCH repetition and the transmission opportunity of the second PUSCH repetition.
举例来说,若第一PUSCH重复的传输时机早于第二PUSCH重复的传输时机,则终端设备可以根据情况一中的公式(1)及第一波束、第一功率控制参数或第一PUSCH中的至少一项,确定第一PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第一功率余量。终端设备可以根据情况二中的公式(2)确定参考PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第二功率余量。或者,终端设备可以根据情况三中的公式(3)及第二波束、第二功率控制参数或第二PUSCH重复对应的路损参考信号,确定功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第二功率余量。For example, if the transmission timing of the first PUSCH repetition is earlier than the transmission timing of the second PUSCH repetition, the terminal device may use formula (1) in case 1 and the first beam, the first power control parameter or the first PUSCH At least one item of the first PUSCH repetition power headroom is determined, and the power headroom is used as the first power headroom. The terminal device may determine the power headroom of the reference PUSCH repetition according to the formula (2) in the second case, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom. Alternatively, the terminal device may determine the power headroom according to formula (3) in case three and the path loss reference signal corresponding to the second beam, the second power control parameter, or the second PUSCH repetition, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom.
再举例来说,若第二PUSCH重复的传输时机早于第一PUSCH重复的传输时机,则终端设备可以根据情况二中的公式(2)或情况三中的公式(3)及第一波束、第一功率控制参数或第一PUSCH重复对应的路损参考信号中的至少一项,确定功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第一功率余量。终端设备可以根据情况一中的公式(1)确定第二PUSCH重复的 功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第二功率余量。For another example, if the transmission timing of the second PUSCH repetition is earlier than the transmission timing of the first PUSCH repetition, the terminal device may use formula (2) in case 2 or formula (3) in case 3 and the first beam, The first power control parameter or at least one item of the path loss reference signal corresponding to the first PUSCH repetition determines the power headroom, and uses the power headroom as the first power headroom. The terminal device may determine the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition according to the formula (1) in the first case, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom.
方式C5:终端设备可以根据情况一中的公式(1),及第一波束、第一功率控制参数或第三PUSCH中的至少一项,确定第三PUSCH的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第一功率余量。根据情况二中的公式(2),确定参考PUSCH的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第二功率余量。Way C5: The terminal device can determine the power headroom of the third PUSCH according to formula (1) in case 1 and at least one of the first beam, the first power control parameter, or the third PUSCH, and use the power headroom amount as the first power headroom. According to the formula (2) in the second case, the power headroom of the reference PUSCH is determined, and the power headroom is used as the second power headroom.
方式C6:终端设备可以根据情况三中的公式(3)及第一波束、第一功率控制参数或第三PUSCH对应的路损参考信号中的至少一项,确定第三PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第一功率余量。终端设备可以根据情况二中的公式(2)确定参考PUSCH重复的功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第二功率余量。Method C6: The terminal device can determine the power headroom of the third PUSCH repetition according to formula (3) in case three and at least one of the first beam, the first power control parameter, or the path loss reference signal corresponding to the third PUSCH , and use the power headroom as the first power headroom. The terminal device may determine the power headroom of the reference PUSCH repetition according to the formula (2) in the second case, and use the power headroom as the second power headroom.
方式C7:终端设备可以根据情况二中的公式(2),确定功率余量,并将该功率余量作为第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Manner C7: the terminal device may determine the power headroom according to the formula (2) in the second case, and use the power headroom as the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
S1304:终端设备上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量。S1304: The terminal device reports the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
一种可能的实现方式,第一功率余量和第二功率余量携带在功率余量报告MAC CE中。结合场景3,该功率余量报告MAC CE可以是在第四PUSCH上传输。In a possible implementation manner, the first power headroom and the second power headroom are carried in the power headroom report MAC CE. In combination with scenario 3, the power headroom report MAC CE may be transmitted on the fourth PUSCH.
一种可能的实现方式,功率余量报告具体的触发条件可以参见S402和S1302中的触发条件,在此不再赘述。其中,触发功率余量上报可以与所述第四PUSCH相关。以在确定触发了功率余量上报后,终端设备根据上行授权调度信令(例如,第三指示信息),确定可传输的上行传输资源为第四PUSCH重复为例,此时,终端设备可以在第四PUSCH上向第一网络设备发送功率余量报告MAC CE,该功率余量报告MAC CE可以携带第一功率余量和第二功率余量。For a possible implementation manner, for the specific trigger conditions of the power headroom report, refer to the trigger conditions in S402 and S1302, which will not be repeated here. Wherein, triggering power headroom reporting may be related to the fourth PUSCH. Taking after determining that the power headroom report is triggered, the terminal device determines that the transmittable uplink transmission resource is the fourth PUSCH repetition according to the uplink authorization scheduling signaling (for example, the third indication information), at this time, the terminal device can be in The power headroom report MAC CE is sent to the first network device on the fourth PUSCH, and the power headroom report MAC CE may carry the first power headroom and the second power headroom.
下面以方式D1~方式D3,举例说明基于第四PUSCH和第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复在时域上重叠的情况下,可能的上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量的方式。The following uses methods D1 to D3 to illustrate possible ways of reporting the first power headroom and the second power headroom based on the case where the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain.
方式D1,第四PUSCH与第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复中的一个在时域上重叠。Mode D1, the fourth PUSCH overlaps with one of the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain.
可选的,考虑非重复数据和重复数据可能同时传输的场景,终端设备可以获取第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和第二网络设备分别发送第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复。可选的,终端设备可以获取第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备发送第三PUSCH传输。可选的,终端设备可以获取第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备发送第四PUSCH传输。Optionally, considering the scenario where non-repeated data and repeated data may be transmitted at the same time, the terminal device may obtain first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH to the first network device and the second network device respectively repeat and the second PUSCH repeats. Optionally, the terminal device may acquire second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the third PUSCH transmission to the first network device. Optionally, the terminal device may acquire third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the fourth PUSCH transmission to the first network device.
一种可能的情况,第四PUSCH所在的第一服务小区与第一和第二PUSCH重复所在的第二服务小区的子载波间隔相同,且第四PUSCH所在的时隙与第一PUSCH重复所在的时隙和第二PUSCH重复所在的时隙中的一个重叠。In a possible situation, the first serving cell where the fourth PUSCH is located has the same subcarrier spacing as the second serving cell where the first and second PUSCH repetitions are located, and the time slot where the fourth PUSCH is located is the same as the time slot where the first PUSCH repetition is located. The slot overlaps with one of the slots where the second PUSCH repetition is located.
以第二PUSCH重复与第四PUSCH时域重叠,或者第四PUSCH所在的时隙与第二PUSCH重复所在的时隙中重叠为例,如图14所示,第四PUSCH所在的时隙与时隙0和时隙1中的第二PUSCH重复在时域上重叠。Taking the time domain overlap of the second PUSCH repetition and the fourth PUSCH, or the overlapping of the time slot of the fourth PUSCH and the time slot of the second PUSCH repetition as an example, as shown in FIG. The second PUSCH repetitions in slot 0 and slot 1 overlap in time domain.
此时,可以基于方式C1或方式C2,确定第一功率余量和第二功率余量,在第四PUSCH上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量。At this time, the first power headroom and the second power headroom may be determined based on manner C1 or manner C2, and the first power headroom and the second power headroom are sent on the fourth PUSCH.
其中,所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量可以是在功率余量报告MAC CE上报。在功率余量报告MAC CE包括所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量的情况,可以参考示例一~示例四中的功率余量报告MAC CE的结构,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the first power headroom and the second power headroom may be reported in the power headroom report MAC CE. In the case where the power headroom report MAC CE includes the first power headroom and the second power headroom, reference may be made to the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE in Example 1 to Example 4, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,终端设备还可以上报第四PUSCH对应的第二服务小区的第三功率余量(PH1-2)。其中,第三功率余量的确定方式可以参考情况一的公式(1)确定,在此不再赘述。下面以当前上报的功率余量可以包括第一功率余量(PH1-1)、第二功率余量(PH2-1)和第四PUSCH对应的第二服务小区的第三功率余量(PH1-2)为例进行说明。相应的,上报的功率余量报告MAC CE的结构也可以有多种,下面结合方式一和方式二举例说明。Optionally, the terminal device may also report the third power headroom (PH1-2) of the second serving cell corresponding to the fourth PUSCH. Wherein, the manner of determining the third power headroom may be determined with reference to the formula (1) in case 1, which will not be repeated here. The power headroom currently reported below may include the first power headroom (PH1-1), the second power headroom (PH2-1), and the third power headroom (PH1-1) of the second serving cell corresponding to the fourth PUSCH 2) As an example to illustrate. Correspondingly, there may be multiple structures of the reported power headroom report MAC CE, which will be described below in conjunction with the first and second methods.
结合方式一,如图15a所示,可以是先频域排序后时域排序的方式,功率余量报告MAC CE中,可以包括第三字段,该第三字段用于指示第三功率余量。第三功率余量对应的第二服务小区的指示字段可以是C1,即,功率余量报告MAC CE中,第一网络设备的C1字段可以是1。功率余量的排序方式可以是第一字段、第三字段和第二字段依次排序。相应的,第一功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。第二功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。第三功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。 Combination mode 1, as shown in FIG. 15a, may be sorted in the frequency domain first and then in the time domain. The power headroom report MAC CE may include a third field, which is used to indicate the third power headroom. The indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1. The sorting manner of the power headroom may be that the first field, the third field, and the second field are sorted sequentially. Correspondingly, the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 1. The V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 1. The V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
结合方式二,如图15b所示,可以是先时域排序后频域排序的方式,功率余量的排序方式可以是第一字段、第二字段和第三字段依次排序。第三功率余量对应的第二服务小区的指示字段可以是C1,即,功率余量报告MAC CE中,第一网络设备的C1字段可以是1。相应的,第一功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。第二功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。第三功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。 Combination mode 2, as shown in FIG. 15b , may be sorted in the time domain first and then in the frequency domain, and the sorting mode of the power headroom may be sorted by the first field, the second field, and the third field in sequence. The indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1. Correspondingly, the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 1. The V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 1. The V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
方式D2,第四PUSCH与第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复中大于一个PUSCH时域重叠。Mode D2, the fourth PUSCH overlaps with more than one PUSCH in the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
一种可能的情况,第四PUSCH与第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复中大于一个PUSCH时域重叠也可以理解为,第四PUSCH所在的第二服务小区的子载波间隔小于第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复所在的第一服务小区的子载波间隔,且第四PUSCH与第一服务小区上的多于一个PUSCH重复时域重叠。例如,如图16a所示,第四PUSCH所在的时隙与时隙0和时隙1中的第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复时域重叠。以第一PUSCH重复与第四PUSCH时域重叠,或者第四PUSCH所在的时隙与第一PUSCH重复所在的时隙中重叠为例,如图16a所示,第四PUSCH所在的时隙与时隙0的第一PUSCH重复和时隙1中的第二PUSCH重复在时域上重叠。再比如,如图16b所示,第四PUSCH所在的时隙与时隙0中的第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复在时域上重叠。另一种可能的情况,第一服务小区上传输的第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复为类型B的PUSCH重复传输。In a possible situation, the time domain overlap between the fourth PUSCH and the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition can also be understood as that the subcarrier spacing of the second serving cell where the fourth PUSCH is located is smaller than that of the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition. The second PUSCH repeats the subcarrier spacing of the first serving cell, and the fourth PUSCH overlaps with more than one PUSCH repetition on the first serving cell in a time domain. For example, as shown in FIG. 16a, the time slot in which the fourth PUSCH is located overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition in time slot 0 and time slot 1. Taking the time domain overlapping of the first PUSCH repetition and the fourth PUSCH, or the overlapping of the time slot of the fourth PUSCH and the time slot of the first PUSCH repetition as an example, as shown in FIG. 16a, the time slot of the fourth PUSCH and the time The first PUSCH repetition in slot 0 and the second PUSCH repetition in slot 1 overlap in time domain. For another example, as shown in FIG. 16b , the time slot where the fourth PUSCH is located overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition in time slot 0 in the time domain. In another possible situation, the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition transmitted on the first serving cell are type B PUSCH repetitions.
此时,可以基于方式C1或方式C3,确定第一功率余量和第二功率余量,在第四PUSCH上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量。可选的,终端设备可以根据方式C4,确定第一功率余量和第二功率余量。例如,在服务小区#1中,终端设备将第一个与服务小区#2上第四PUSCH重叠的PUSCH重复作为第一个与第四PUSCH时域重叠的PUSCH重复。此时,终端设备还可以根据方式C4,确定第一功率余量和第二功率余量。At this time, the first power headroom and the second power headroom may be determined based on manner C1 or manner C3, and the first power headroom and the second power headroom are sent on the fourth PUSCH. Optionally, the terminal device may determine the first power headroom and the second power headroom according to manner C4. For example, in the serving cell #1, the terminal device uses the first PUSCH repetition overlapping the fourth PUSCH on the serving cell #2 as the first PUSCH repetition overlapping the fourth PUSCH time domain. At this time, the terminal device may also determine the first power headroom and the second power headroom according to manner C4.
上报的功率余量报告MAC CE的结构可以参考图15a和图15b,在此不再赘述。The structure of the reported power headroom report MAC CE can refer to FIG. 15a and FIG. 15b , and will not be repeated here.
方式D3,服务小区#2上第四PUSCH与服务小区#1上的第一PUSCH重复不重叠。和/或,服务小区#2上第四PUSCH与服务小区#1上的第二PUSCH重复不重叠。Mode D3, the fourth PUSCH on the serving cell #2 does not overlap with the first PUSCH on the serving cell #1. And/or, the fourth PUSCH on serving cell #2 does not overlap with the second PUSCH on serving cell #1.
在方式D3中,可以有多种可能的情况,下面以图17、图18a、图18b举例说明。In mode D3, there may be many possible situations, which are illustrated below with reference to Fig. 17, Fig. 18a, and Fig. 18b.
如图17所示,终端设备确定时隙0上的第一PUSCH重复不传输,时隙1上的第二 PUSCH重复传输,第四PUSCH与时隙0上的第一PUSCH重复和时隙1上的第二PUSCH重复在时域上重叠。此时,终端设备可以根据方式C5,确定第一功率余量(例如,根据参考PUSCH确定)和第二功率余量(例如,根据第二PUSCH重复确定)。As shown in Figure 17, the terminal device determines that the first PUSCH on time slot 0 is not transmitted repeatedly, the second PUSCH on time slot 1 is repeatedly transmitted, and the fourth PUSCH is repeated with the first PUSCH on time slot 0 and on time slot 1. The second PUSCH repetitions overlap in the time domain. At this time, the terminal device may determine the first power headroom (for example, determined according to the reference PUSCH) and the second power headroom (for example, determined according to the second PUSCH repetition) according to manner C5.
此时,上报的功率余量报告MAC CE的结构可以参见图18a和图18b的示例。At this time, the structure of the reported power headroom report MAC CE can refer to the examples in Fig. 18a and Fig. 18b.
结合方式一,如图18a所示,可以是先频域排序后时域排序的方式,功率余量报告MAC CE中,可以包括第一字段、第二字段和第三字段,该第三字段用于指示第三功率余量。第三功率余量对应的第二服务小区的指示字段可以是C1,即,功率余量报告MAC CE中,第一网络设备的C1字段可以是1。功率余量的排序方式可以是第一字段、第三字段和第二字段依次排序。相应的,第一功率余量对应的V字段可以是0。第二功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。第三功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。 Combination mode 1, as shown in Figure 18a, can be the way of frequency domain sorting first and then time domain sorting. In the power headroom report MAC CE, it can include the first field, the second field and the third field, and the third field uses to indicate the third power headroom. The indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1. The sorting manner of the power headroom may be that the first field, the third field, and the second field are sorted sequentially. Correspondingly, the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 0. The V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 1. The V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
结合方式二,如图18b所示,可以是先时域排序后频域排序的方式,功率余量的排序方式可以是第一字段、第二字段和第三字段依次排序。第三功率余量对应的第二服务小区的指示字段可以是C1,即,功率余量报告MAC CE中,第一网络设备的C1字段可以是1。相应的,第一功率余量对应的V字段可以是0。第二功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。第三功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。 Combination mode 2, as shown in FIG. 18b , may be sorted in the time domain first and then in the frequency domain, and the sorting mode of the power headroom may be sorted by the first field, the second field, and the third field in sequence. The indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1. Correspondingly, the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 0. The V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 1. The V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
如图19所示,UE没有收到第二指示信息,在第一服务小区中时域上没有与第四PUSCH重叠的PUSCH,或者说在第一服务小区中与第四PUSCH所在时隙重叠的时隙中没有PUSCH发送,而且第一服务小区是激活的服务小区并被配置的第一和第二SRS资源集合。As shown in Figure 19, the UE does not receive the second indication information, and there is no PUSCH overlapping with the fourth PUSCH in the time domain in the first serving cell, or in other words, the time slot overlapping with the fourth PUSCH in the first serving cell There is no PUSCH transmission in the time slot, and the first serving cell is an activated serving cell and configured with first and second SRS resource sets.
此时,终端设备可以根据方式C7,确定第一功率余量(例如,根据参考PUSCH确定)和第二功率余量(例如,根据参考PUSCH确定)。At this time, the terminal device may determine the first power headroom (for example, determined according to the reference PUSCH) and the second power headroom (for example, determined according to the reference PUSCH) according to manner C7.
此时,上报的功率余量报告MAC CE的结构可以参见图20a和图20b的示例。At this time, the structure of the reported power headroom report MAC CE can refer to the examples in FIG. 20a and FIG. 20b.
结合方式一,如图20a所示,可以是先频域排序后时域排序的方式,功率余量报告MAC CE中,可以包括第一字段、第二字段和第三字段,该第三字段用于指示第三功率余量。第三功率余量对应的第二服务小区的指示字段可以是C1,即,功率余量报告MAC CE中,第一网络设备的C1字段可以是1。功率余量的排序方式可以是第一字段、第三字段和第二字段依次排序。相应的,第一功率余量对应的V字段可以是0。第二功率余量对应的V字段可以是0。第三功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。 Combination mode 1, as shown in Figure 20a, can be the way of sorting in the frequency domain first and then in the time domain. In the power headroom report MAC CE, it can include the first field, the second field and the third field, and the third field uses to indicate the third power headroom. The indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1. The sorting manner of the power headroom may be that the first field, the third field, and the second field are sorted sequentially. Correspondingly, the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 0. The V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 0. The V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
结合方式二,如图20b所示,可以是先时域排序后频域排序的方式,功率余量的排序方式可以是第一字段、第二字段和第三字段依次排序。第三功率余量对应的第二服务小区的指示字段可以是C1,即,功率余量报告MAC CE中,第一网络设备的C1字段可以是1。相应的,第一功率余量对应的V字段可以是0。第二功率余量对应的V字段可以是0。第三功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。 Combination mode 2, as shown in FIG. 20b, may be sorted in the time domain first and then sorted in the frequency domain, and the sorting mode of the power headroom may be sorted by the first field, the second field, and the third field in sequence. The indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1. Correspondingly, the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 0. The V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 0. The V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
如图21所示,UE接收到第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示UE向第一网络设备和第二网络设备分别发送第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复,或者第三指示信息用于指示UE向第一网络设备发送第三PUSCH传输。在第一服务小区中时域上没有与第四PUSCH重叠的PUSCH,或者说在第一服务小区中与第四PUSCH所在时隙重叠的时隙中没有PUSCH发送,而且第一服务小区是激活的服务小区并被配置的第一和第二SRS资源集合。As shown in FIG. 21, the UE receives the first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the UE to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition to the first network device and the second network device respectively, or the third indication information uses To instruct the UE to send a third PUSCH transmission to the first network device. There is no PUSCH overlapping with the fourth PUSCH in the time domain in the first serving cell, or there is no PUSCH transmission in the time slot overlapping with the fourth PUSCH in the first serving cell, and the first serving cell is activated The configured first and second SRS resource sets serving the cell.
此时,终端设备可以根据方式C6或方式C7,确定第一功率余量(例如,根据第一PUSCH重复确定)和第二功率余量(例如,根据参考PUSCH确定)。At this time, the terminal device may determine the first power headroom (for example, determined according to the first PUSCH repetition) and the second power headroom (for example, determined according to the reference PUSCH) according to manner C6 or manner C7.
此时,上报的功率余量报告MAC CE的结构可以参见图18a和图18b的示例。At this time, the structure of the reported power headroom report MAC CE can refer to the examples in Fig. 18a and Fig. 18b.
结合方式一,如图22a所示,可以是先频域排序后时域排序的方式,功率余量报告MAC CE中,可以包括第一字段、第二字段和第三字段,该第三字段用于指示第三功率余量。第三功率余量对应的第二服务小区的指示字段可以是C1,即,功率余量报告MAC CE中,第一网络设备的C1字段可以是1。功率余量的排序方式可以是第一字段、第三字段和第二字段依次排序。相应的,第一功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。第二功率余量对应的V字段可以是0。第三功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。 Combination mode 1, as shown in Figure 22a, can be the way of sorting in the frequency domain first and then in the time domain. In the power headroom report MAC CE, it can include the first field, the second field and the third field, and the third field uses to indicate the third power headroom. The indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1. The sorting manner of the power headroom may be that the first field, the third field, and the second field are sorted sequentially. Correspondingly, the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 1. The V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 0. The V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
结合方式二,如图22b所示,可以是先时域排序后频域排序的方式,功率余量的排序方式可以是第一字段、第二字段和第三字段依次排序。第三功率余量对应的第二服务小区的指示字段可以是C1,即,功率余量报告MAC CE中,第一网络设备的C1字段可以是1。相应的,第一功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。第二功率余量对应的V字段可以是0。第三功率余量对应的V字段可以是1。 Combination mode 2, as shown in FIG. 22b , may be sorted in the time domain first and then in the frequency domain, and the sorting mode of the power headroom may be sorted by the first field, the second field, and the third field in sequence. The indication field of the second serving cell corresponding to the third power headroom may be C1, that is, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the C1 field of the first network device may be 1. Correspondingly, the V field corresponding to the first power headroom may be 1. The V field corresponding to the second power headroom may be 0. The V field corresponding to the third power headroom may be 1.
现有技术中,一个服务小区只能上报一个功率余量值;本发明允许一个服务小区中上报两个TRP分别对应的功率余量值。mTRP PUSCH repetition场景下上报两个PHR,UE能够上报两个波束方向对应的repetition的功率余量情况,实现上报两个TRP对应的PHR,帮助两个TRP调整各自对应的PUSCH的功率。在一个服务小区中上报两个功率余量值的基础上,确定了在PHR MAC CE中的PHR排序。In the prior art, a serving cell can only report one power headroom value; the present invention allows a serving cell to report power headroom values corresponding to two TRPs respectively. When two PHRs are reported in the mTRP PUSCH repetition scenario, the UE can report the power headroom of the repetitions corresponding to the two beam directions, so as to report the PHRs corresponding to the two TRPs and help the two TRPs adjust the power of their corresponding PUSCHs. On the basis of two power headroom values reported in a serving cell, the PHR ordering in the PHR MAC CE is determined.
示例六Example six
结合场景3,如图23所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该方法具体包括如下步骤:Combining scenario 3, as shown in FIG. 23 , it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method specifically includes the following steps:
S2301:终端设备获取上行传输资源。S2301: The terminal device acquires uplink transmission resources.
其中,上行传输资源可以包括第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复,及第四PUSCH。具体可以参考S1301中的第一配置信息的配置第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复,及第四PUSCH,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the uplink transmission resource may include the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the fourth PUSCH. For details, reference may be made to the configuration of the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the fourth PUSCH in the first configuration information in S1301, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Optionally, the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE.
或者,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段。具体第一字段和第二字段的结构可以参见下文,在此不再赘述。Alternatively, the first network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE. The specific structures of the first field and the second field can be referred to below, and will not be repeated here.
相应的,终端设备接收到第四指示信息后,可以在执行S2302后,执行S2303和S2304。在终端设备未接收到第四指示信息时,终端设备可以采用现有的方式上报功率余量。当然,终端设备和第一网络设备还可以通过其他方式协商是否采用本申请实施例中的功率余量报告MAC CE的结构上报功率余量,在此不做限定。Correspondingly, after receiving the fourth indication information, the terminal device may perform S2303 and S2304 after performing S2302. When the terminal device does not receive the fourth indication information, the terminal device may report the power headroom in an existing manner. Of course, the terminal device and the first network device can also negotiate in other ways whether to use the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE in the embodiment of the present application to report the power headroom, which is not limited here.
可选的,终端设备还可以向第一网络设备上报能力信息,该能力信息可以是用于指示终端设备支持PUSCH重复的能力,或者该能力信息还可以用于指示该终端设备支持终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量,或者,该能力信息还可以用于指示该终端设备支持终端设备在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段。Optionally, the terminal device may also report capability information to the first network device, where the capability information may be used to indicate the capability of the terminal device to support PUSCH repetition, or the capability information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports Report the first power headroom and the second power headroom in the headroom report MAC CE, or, the capability information can also be used to indicate that the terminal device supports the terminal device to report the first field and the second power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field.
进而,第一网络设备可以确定终端设备上报的功率余量报告MAC CE中为包括第一字 段和第二字段的结构。或者,第一网络设备和终端设备还可以通过其他方式协商,在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一字段和第二字段,或者,在功率余量报告MAC CE中上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量。Furthermore, the first network device may determine that the power headroom report MAC CE reported by the terminal device has a structure including the first field and the second field. Alternatively, the first network device and the terminal device may also negotiate in other ways, report the first field and the second field in the power headroom report MAC CE, or report the first power headroom and the first field in the power headroom report MAC CE Second power headroom.
可选的,终端设备在上报能力信息之前,第一网络设备还可以向终端设备发送能力请求消息,用于请求终端设备上报能力信息。以节省终端设备信令的开销。Optionally, before the terminal device reports the capability information, the first network device may also send a capability request message to the terminal device to request the terminal device to report the capability information. In order to save the signaling overhead of the terminal equipment.
S2302:终端设备触发上报功率余量报告。S2302: The terminal device triggers to report the power headroom report.
具体可以参考S1302,在此不再赘述。For details, reference may be made to S1302, which will not be repeated here.
S2303:终端设备确定第一字段和第二字段。S2303: The terminal device determines the first field and the second field.
其中,第一字段指示第一PUSCH重复的第一功率余量或参考PUSCH的第一功率余量,第二字段指示第二PUSCH重复的第二功率余量,或参考PUSCH的第二功率余量。第一PUSCH重复与第一波束对应。第二PUSCH重复与第二波束对应。第一功率余量的确定方式和第二功率余量的确定方式可以参考S1303中的确定方式,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the first field indicates the first power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition or the first power headroom of the reference PUSCH, and the second field indicates the second power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition, or the second power headroom of the reference PUSCH . The first PUSCH repetition corresponds to the first beam. The second PUSCH repetition corresponds to the second beam. For the manner of determining the first power headroom and the manner of determining the second power headroom, reference may be made to the manner of determining in S1303, and details are not repeated here.
S2304:终端设备上报第一字段和第二字段。S2304: The terminal device reports the first field and the second field.
结合场景3,终端设备在第四PUSCH上向第一网络设备上报第一字段和第二字段。In conjunction with scenario 3, the terminal device reports the first field and the second field to the first network device on the fourth PUSCH.
其中,终端设备上报第一字段和第二字段的方式可以有多种,例如,可以参考S1304中的上报方式,即第一字段和第二字段可以是功率余量报告MAC CE中的功率余量字段。具体上报的功率余量报告MAC CE的方式可以参考图15a~图15b、图18a~图18b、图20a~图20b、图22a~图22b的示例,在此不再赘述。Among them, there are many ways for the terminal device to report the first field and the second field. For example, you can refer to the reporting method in S1304, that is, the first field and the second field can be the power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE field. For specific ways of reporting the power headroom report MAC CE, refer to the examples in Figures 15a to 15b, 18a to 18b, 20a to 20b, and 22a to 22b, and will not be repeated here.
考虑CA情况下,UE需要在一个MAC CE中上报多个载波对应的PHR。在该场景下,功率余量报告MAC CE的结构可以包括多个小区的PHR。本申请中,功率余量报告MAC CE上可以包括多个网络设备对应的至少一个载波对应的PHR。Considering the case of CA, the UE needs to report the PHR corresponding to multiple carriers in one MAC CE. In this scenario, the structure of the power headroom report MAC CE may include PHRs of multiple cells. In this application, the power headroom report MAC CE may include a PHR corresponding to at least one carrier corresponding to multiple network devices.
在一些实施例中,功率余量报告MAC CE中,可以包括功率余量字段集合。功率余量字段集合包括第一网络设备对应的至少一个载波上的功率余量字段,和第二网络设备对应的至少一个载波上的功率余量字段。举例来说,第一网络设备对应的至少一个载波上的功率余量字段,可以包括第一字段,该第一字段可以用于指示第一网络设备对应的第一服务小区上的第一功率余量。第二网络设备对应的至少一个载波上的功率余量字段,可以包括第二字段,该第二字段可以用于指示第二网络设备对应的第一服务小区上的第二功率余量。In some embodiments, the power headroom report MAC CE may include a set of power headroom fields. The power headroom field set includes a power headroom field on at least one carrier corresponding to the first network device, and a power headroom field on at least one carrier corresponding to the second network device. For example, the power headroom field on at least one carrier corresponding to the first network device may include a first field, and the first field may be used to indicate the first power headroom field on the first serving cell corresponding to the first network device. quantity. The power headroom field on at least one carrier corresponding to the second network device may include a second field, and the second field may be used to indicate the second power headroom on the first serving cell corresponding to the second network device.
考虑功率余量报告MAC CE中可以包括多个功率余量的情况,功率余量报告MAC CE中可以包括多个功率余量,下面以方式一和方式二举例说明功率余量报告MAC CE中功率余量的排序的可能的方式。Considering that the power headroom report MAC CE can include multiple power headrooms, the power headroom report MAC CE can include multiple power headrooms. The following uses methods 1 and 2 to illustrate the power headroom report MAC CE. Possible ways of sorting the margin.
方式一,功率余量报告MAC CE中功率余量的排序,可以先根据服务小区索引升序,再根据波束索引升序。另一种可能的实现方式,率余量报告MAC C中功率余量的排序,可以先根据服务小区索引升序,再根据SRS资源集合索引升序。另一种可能的实现方式,率余量报告MAC C中功率余量的排序,可以先根据服务小区索引升序,再根据路径损耗参考信号索引升序。 Method 1, the sorting of the power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE can be performed according to the ascending order of the serving cell index first, and then according to the ascending order of the beam index. Another possible implementation manner, the sorting of the power headroom in the power headroom report MAC C may first be in ascending order according to the serving cell index, and then in ascending order according to the SRS resource set index. Another possible implementation manner, the sorting of the power headroom in the power headroom report MAC C may first be in ascending order according to the serving cell index, and then in ascending order according to the path loss reference signal index.
还是以第一网络设备的索引先于第二网络设备的索引为例,(当然,还可以是第一波束的波束索引先于第二波束的波束索引,或者,第一波束的路损参考信号索引先于第二波束的路损参考信号索引),此时,如图24所示,功率余量报告可以包括:第一网络设备的功率余量字段集合和第二网络设备的功率余量字段集合。针对每个网络设备的功率余量字 段集合,可以按照服务小区索引升序排列。Still taking the index of the first network device prior to the index of the second network device as an example, (of course, the beam index of the first beam may also be prior to the beam index of the second beam, or the path loss reference signal of the first beam Index is prior to the path loss reference signal index of the second beam), at this time, as shown in Figure 24, the power headroom report may include: the power headroom field set of the first network device and the power headroom field of the second network device gather. The set of power headroom fields for each network device can be arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell index.
以第一网络设备为例,第一网络设备的功率余量字段集合和包括第一网络设备对应的4个服务小区(服务小区R、服务小区C1~C3)的4个功率字段(例如,如图7a所示的PH1-1~PH1-4)。功率余量字段集合中可以依次排列PH1-1~PH1-4。Taking the first network device as an example, the power headroom field set of the first network device includes four power fields (for example, as PH1-1 to PH1-4 shown in Fig. 7a). PH1-1 to PH1-4 may be arranged in sequence in the power headroom field set.
举例来说,第一网络设备对应的服务小区R可以是终端设备的主辅服务小区,相应的,其中,PH1可以是在该主辅服务小区下测量得到的功率余量的指示信息。其中,该PH1-1还可以是类型2(type 2)的功率余量的指示信息。其中,类型2的PH可以为终端设备名义最大发射功率与在另一MAC实体(即在EN-DC下为e-UTRA MAC实体)的主辅小区(SpCell)上的UL-SCH和PUCCH发射的估计功率的差。For example, the serving cell R corresponding to the first network device may be a primary and secondary serving cell of the terminal device, and correspondingly, PH1 may be indication information of power headroom measured under the primary and secondary serving cell. Wherein, the PH1-1 may also be indication information of type 2 (type 2) power headroom. Among them, the type 2 PH can be the nominal maximum transmission power of the terminal equipment and the UL-SCH and PUCCH transmission on the primary and secondary cell (SpCell) of another MAC entity (that is, the e-UTRA MAC entity under EN-DC). Estimated power difference.
可选的,在PH1-1字段之后,还可以包括:该主辅服务小区对应的最大传输功率字段(携带Pcmax1)。功率余量报告MAC CE还可以包括P字段,该P字段的值的设置需要满足MPE要求,或者,该P字段用于指示该功率余量是否执行了功率回退。功率余量报告MAC CE还可以包括V字段,V字段表示PH值是基于实际传输还是基于参考格式计算的。Optionally, after the PH1-1 field, it may further include: a maximum transmission power field (carrying Pcmax1) corresponding to the primary and secondary serving cells. The power headroom report MAC CE may also include a P field, and the setting of the value of the P field needs to meet the MPE requirements, or the P field is used to indicate whether the power headroom performs power backoff. The power headroom report MAC CE may also include a V field, and the V field indicates whether the PH value is calculated based on actual transmission or a reference format.
功率余量报告MAC CE还可以包括第一网络设备或第一波束的主服务小区的PH字段(携带PH1-2)以及相应的最大传输功率字段(携带Pcmax2)。例如,PH1-2可以是第一网络设备或第一波束的主服务小区的PH的指示信息。PH2可以是类型1的功率余量的指示信息,例如,PH1-2可以是第一网络设备的主服务小区(PCell)对应测量的功率余量等级。例如,PH1-2可以是图6示例中的第一功率余量。The power headroom report MAC CE may also include the PH field (carrying PH1-2) of the first network device or the primary serving cell of the first beam and the corresponding maximum transmission power field (carrying Pcmax2). For example, PH1-2 may be indication information of the PH of the first network device or the primary serving cell of the first beam. PH2 may be the indication information of type 1 power headroom, for example, PH1-2 may be the power headroom level corresponding to the measurement of the primary serving cell (PCell) of the first network device. For example, PH1-2 may be the first power headroom in the example of FIG. 6 .
可选的,PH1-3或PH1-4可以是第一网络设备对应的非主服务小区(辅服务小区)的PH的指示信息。可选的,在功率余量报告MAC CE中,针对第一网络设备对应的非主服务小区(辅服务小区)的PH字段,还可以包括一个或多个X类型的第一网络设备对应的非主服务小区(例如,辅服务小区)的PH字段和相应的最大传输功率字段。例如,功率余量报告MAC CE可以包括一类PH的PH字段和相应的最大传输功率字段,该一类PH可以为PUSCH的PH。功率余量报告MAC CE可以包括三类PH的PH字段和相应的最大传输功率字段,该三类PH可以为SRS的PH。例如,PH3可以是类型X的功率余量的指示信息,例如,类型X的取值可以是1或3,其中,类型X取值为1的PH可以是PUSCH对应的功率余量。类型X取值为3的PH可以是SRS对应的功率余量。Optionally, PH1-3 or PH1-4 may be indication information of a PH of a non-primary serving cell (secondary serving cell) corresponding to the first network device. Optionally, in the power headroom report MAC CE, for the PH field of the non-primary serving cell (secondary serving cell) corresponding to the first network device, the non-primary serving cell (secondary serving cell) corresponding to one or more X-type first network devices may also be included. The PH field of the primary serving cell (for example, the secondary serving cell) and the corresponding maximum transmission power field. For example, the power headroom report MAC CE may include a PH field of a type of PH and a corresponding maximum transmission power field, and the type of PH may be a PH of a PUSCH. The power headroom report MAC CE may include PH fields of three types of PHs and corresponding maximum transmission power fields, and the three types of PHs may be SRS PHs. For example, PH3 may be the indication information of the power headroom of type X, for example, the value of type X may be 1 or 3, wherein the PH whose value of type X is 1 may be the power headroom corresponding to PUSCH. The PH whose type X is 3 may be the power headroom corresponding to the SRS.
针对第二网络设备的功率余量,功率余量报告MAC CE还可以包括第二网络设备的主服务小区的PH字段(例如,PH2-1)(如果存在)以及相应的最大传输功率字段。For the power headroom of the second network device, the power headroom report MAC CE may also include the PH field (for example, PH2-1) of the primary serving cell of the second network device (if present) and the corresponding maximum transmission power field.
可选的,在功率余量报告MAC CE中,还可以包括第二网络设备对应的非主服务小区(例如,辅服务小区)的PH字段(例如,PH2-2~PH2-4),该PH字段可以基于服务小区索引升序排列可选的,针对第二网络设备的主服务小区的PH字段,还可以包括一个或多个类型的第二网络设备的主服务小区的PH字段和相应的最大传输功率字段。例如,功率余量报告MAC CE可以包括一类PH的PH字段(例如,PH2-3或PH2-4)和相应的最大传输功率字段,该一类PH可以为PUSCH的PH。功率余量报告MAC CE可以包括三类PH(例如,PH2-3或PH2-4)的PH字段和相应的最大传输功率字段,该三类PH可以为SRS的PH。Optionally, in the power headroom report MAC CE, the PH field (for example, PH2-2~PH2-4) of the non-primary serving cell (for example, the secondary serving cell) corresponding to the second network device may also be included, the PH The fields can be arranged in ascending order based on the serving cell index. Optionally, for the PH field of the primary serving cell of the second network device, one or more types of PH fields of the primary serving cell of the second network device and the corresponding maximum transmission power field. For example, the power headroom report MAC CE may include a PH field (for example, PH2-3 or PH2-4) and a corresponding maximum transmission power field of a type of PH, and the type of PH may be a PH of a PUSCH. The power headroom report MAC CE may include PH fields and corresponding maximum transmission power fields of three types of PHs (for example, PH2-3 or PH2-4), and the three types of PHs may be SRS PHs.
考虑功率余量报告MAC CE中可以包括超过8个服务小区的功率余量的情况,如图25a和图25b所示的示例中,仍是结合方式一,在网络设备为2个的场景下,可以包括最多16个服务小区的功率余量。当然,功率余量报告MAC CE中可以包括的功率余量的数 量,本申请不做限定。具体指示字段的排序方式可以如图25a所示的示例,按每行中不同波束索引各占一半的方式排序,其中,每行中可以按照先按照波束索引,例如,先排第一网络设备对应的第一波束中的各服务小区对应的指示字段,再排第二网络设备对应的第二波束中的各服务小区对应的指示字段。不同行的指示字段可以是按照服务小区索引升序排列的。Consider the situation that the power headroom report MAC CE can include the power headroom of more than 8 serving cells. In the example shown in Figure 25a and Figure 25b, the combination method 1 is still used. In the scenario where there are 2 network devices, Power headrooms for up to 16 serving cells may be included. Certainly, the quantity of the power headroom that can include in the power headroom report MAC CE, this application does not limit. The specific indication fields can be sorted according to the example shown in Figure 25a, according to the way that different beam indexes in each row account for half, wherein each row can be sorted according to the beam index first, for example, the first network device corresponding The indication field corresponding to each serving cell in the first beam of the first network device, and the indication field corresponding to each serving cell in the second beam corresponding to the second network device. The indication fields of different rows may be arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell index.
也可以是如图25b的方式,按照先排第一网络设备对应的第一波束中的各服务小区对应的指示字段,再排第二网络设备对应的第二波束中的各服务小区对应的指示字段。Alternatively, as shown in Figure 25b, the indication fields corresponding to the serving cells in the first beam corresponding to the first network device are arranged first, and then the indications corresponding to the serving cells in the second beam corresponding to the second network device are arranged. field.
相应的功率余量对应的字段可以是结合方式一进行排序的,具体可以参见图25a和图25b中的功率余量的排序方式,即先按照每个网络设备或每个波束对应的功率余量的服务小区索引排序,再按照各功率余量对应的波束索引排序,在此不再赘述。The fields corresponding to the corresponding power headroom can be sorted in combination with method 1. For details, please refer to the sorting method of power headroom in Figure 25a and Figure 25b, that is, first according to the power headroom corresponding to each network device or each beam The serving cell indexes are sorted, and then sorted according to the beam indexes corresponding to each power headroom, which will not be repeated here.
方式二,所述功率余量报告MAC CE中功率余量的排序,可以先根据波束索引升序,再根据服务小区索引升序。另一种可能的实现方式,所述功率余量集合中功率余量的排序,可以先根据SRS资源集合索引升序,再根据服务小区索引升序。另一种可能的实现方式,所述功率余量集合中功率余量的排序,可以先根据路径损耗参考信号索引升序,再根据服务小区索引升序。 Mode 2, the sorting of the power headroom in the power headroom report MAC CE may first be in ascending order according to the beam index, and then in ascending order according to the serving cell index. In another possible implementation manner, the sorting of the power headrooms in the power headroom set may first be in ascending order according to the SRS resource set index, and then in ascending order according to the serving cell index. In another possible implementation manner, the sorting of the power headrooms in the power headroom set may first be in an ascending order according to the path loss reference signal index, and then be in an ascending order according to the serving cell index.
例如,功率余量对应的字段可以是结合方式二进行排序的,即先按照波束索引对功率余量进行排序,再按照功率余量的服务小区索引排序,如图26a所示,第一网络设备和第二网络设备对应于各自的P cmax;或者,如图26b所示,第一网络设备和第二网络设备共用一个P cmax(例如图26b中共用第二网络设备的P cmax),在此不再赘述。 For example, the fields corresponding to the power headroom can be sorted in combination with the second method, that is, the power headroom is first sorted according to the beam index, and then sorted according to the serving cell index of the power headroom, as shown in Figure 26a, the first network device and the second network device correspond to their respective P cmax ; or, as shown in FIG. 26b, the first network device and the second network device share a P cmax (for example, share the P cmax of the second network device in FIG. 26b ), where No longer.
示例七Example seven
考虑重复数据的传输时机有先后的场景(场景4)。为了保证PUSCH的传输性能,本申请提出一种通信方法。如图27所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该方法具体包括如下步骤:Consider the scenario where the transmission timing of repeated data is sequential (Scenario 4). In order to ensure the transmission performance of the PUSCH, the present application proposes a communication method. As shown in FIG. 27 , it is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method specifically includes the following steps:
S2701:终端设备获取上行传输资源。S2701: The terminal device acquires uplink transmission resources.
一种可能的实现方式,以第一网络设备是调度终端设备的上行传输资源的网络设备为例,第一网络设备可以为终端设备配置上行传输资源。例如,第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一配置信息。其中,第一配置信息用于指示终端设备的上行传输资源。In a possible implementation manner, assuming that the first network device is a network device that schedules uplink transmission resources of the terminal device as an example, the first network device may configure uplink transmission resources for the terminal device. For example, the first network device may send the first configuration information to the terminal device. Wherein, the first configuration information is used to indicate uplink transmission resources of the terminal equipment.
考虑发送非重复数据和发送重复数据可能同时存在的场景,为终端设备配置的上行传输资源可以包括发送非重复数据的PUSCH和发送重复数据的PUSCH重复。Considering the scenario that sending non-repetitive data and sending repeated data may exist at the same time, the uplink transmission resource configured for the terminal device may include PUSCH for sending non-repetitive data and repetition of PUSCH for sending repeated data.
[根据细则91更正 08.09.2022] 
还是以重复发送2次为例,发送重复数据的上行传输资源可以包括:第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复,该第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复上对应发送相同的传输块。第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复对应同一服务小区,例如第一服务小区。具体第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复的内容可以参见S501,在此不再赘述。
[Corrected 08.09.2022 under Rule 91]
Still taking repeated sending twice as an example, the uplink transmission resources for sending repeated data may include: a first PUSCH repetition and a second PUSCH repetition, and the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition correspondingly send the same transmission block. The first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition correspond to the same serving cell, for example, the first serving cell. For details about the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition, reference may be made to S501, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复位于同一载波;可选地,第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复位于同一载波的不同服务小区;可选地,第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复分别对应第一载波和第二载波,所述第一载波和第二载波为独立的载波。Optionally, the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition are located on the same carrier; optionally, the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition are located in different serving cells of the same carrier; optionally, the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH The repetition corresponds to the first carrier and the second carrier respectively, and the first carrier and the second carrier are independent carriers.
第一PUSCH重复对应第一波束/第一功率控制参数/路损参考信号;第二PUSCH重复对应第二波束/第二功率控制参数/路损参考信号。也就是说,第一PUSCH重复的发送功率由第一功控参数/路损参考信号确定,第二PUSCH重复的发送功率由第二功控参数/路损参 考信号确定。The first PUSCH repetition corresponds to the first beam/first power control parameter/path loss reference signal; the second PUSCH repetition corresponds to the second beam/second power control parameter/path loss reference signal. That is to say, the transmission power of the first PUSCH repetition is determined by the first power control parameter/path loss reference signal, and the transmission power of the second PUSCH repetition is determined by the second power control parameter/path loss reference signal.
相应的,第一配置信息可以包括:用于指示第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复的配置信息。可选的,第一配置信息还可以包括:用于指示第三PUSCH的配置信息,第三PUSCH可以是对应第一服务小区的上行传输资源,即第一PUSCH是与第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复位于同一服务小区(例如,服务小区#1)的上行传输资源。Correspondingly, the first configuration information may include: configuration information for indicating the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition. Optionally, the first configuration information may also include: configuration information for indicating the third PUSCH, and the third PUSCH may be an uplink transmission resource corresponding to the first serving cell, that is, the first PUSCH is repeated with the first PUSCH and the second The PUSCH repeats uplink transmission resources located in the same serving cell (for example, serving cell #1).
可选的,第一配置信息还可以包括:用于指示第四PUSCH的配置信息,第四PUSCH可以是对应第二服务小区的上行传输资源,即第四PUSCH是与第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复位于不同服务小区(例如,服务小区#2)的上行传输资源。Optionally, the first configuration information may also include: configuration information for indicating the fourth PUSCH, and the fourth PUSCH may be an uplink transmission resource corresponding to the second serving cell, that is, the fourth PUSCH is repeated with the first PUSCH and the second The PUSCH is repeatedly located in uplink transmission resources of different serving cells (for example, serving cell #2).
S2702:终端设备触发上报功率余量报告。S2702: The terminal device triggers to report the power headroom report.
其中,终端设备触发上报功率余量报告可以参考S402中的7种触发条件,当满足7种触发条件中的一个或多个条件时,终端设备即可触发功率余量的上报,即终端设备发送功率余量报告。具体可以参考场景1~场景3中的触发条件,在此不再赘述。Among them, the terminal device can trigger the reporting of the power headroom report by referring to the seven trigger conditions in S402. When one or more of the seven trigger conditions are met, the terminal device can trigger the report of the power headroom, that is, the terminal device sends Power headroom report. For details, refer to the trigger conditions in Scenario 1 to Scenario 3, which will not be repeated here.
S2703:确定触发上报功率余量报告的PUSCH的传输时机是否满足预设条件。若是,则执行S2704,若否,则执行S2705。S2703: Determine whether the transmission timing of the PUSCH that triggers reporting of the power headroom report satisfies a preset condition. If yes, execute S2704; if not, execute S2705.
S2704:上报一个功率余量。S2704: Report a power headroom.
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备可以向第一网络设备上报一个功率余量。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device may report a power headroom to the first network device.
在一些实施例中,预设条件可以是:触发上报功率余量报告的PUSCH为第一PUSCH重复,且第一PUSCH重复为第一个重复传输时机。In some embodiments, the preset condition may be: the PUSCH that triggers the reporting of the power headroom report is the first PUSCH repetition, and the first PUSCH repetition is the first repeated transmission opportunity.
方式E1,例如,第一波束对应第一路损参考信号,第二波束对应第二路损参考信号。第一路损信号测得的路损变化值超过预设值,且PHR禁止定时器过期,触发第一PUSCH重复的PHR上报。在第一PUSCH重复的传输时机早于第二PUSCH重复的传输时机时,确定上报第一PUSCH重复的功率余量。In manner E1, for example, the first beam corresponds to the first path loss reference signal, and the second beam corresponds to the second path loss reference signal. The path loss change value measured by the first path loss signal exceeds a preset value, and the PHR prohibition timer expires, triggering repeated PHR reporting of the first PUSCH. When the transmission timing of the first PUSCH repetition is earlier than the transmission timing of the second PUSCH repetition, it is determined to report the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition.
其中,确定第一功率余量的方式可以参考示例一至示例六中确定第一PUSCH重复的功率余量的方式,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the manner of determining the first power headroom may refer to the manner of determining the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition in Example 1 to Example 6, which will not be repeated here.
方式E2,第一波束对应第一路损参考信号,第二波束对应第二路损参考信号。第一路损信号测得的路损变化值超过预设值,且PHR禁止定时器过期,触发第三PUSCH的PHR上报。In manner E2, the first beam corresponds to the first path loss reference signal, and the second beam corresponds to the second path loss reference signal. The change value of the path loss measured by the first path loss signal exceeds a preset value, and the PHR prohibition timer expires, triggering the reporting of the PHR of the third PUSCH.
在第三PUSCH的传输时机早于第二PUSCH重复的传输时机时,确定上报第三PUSCH的功率余量。其中,确定三PUSCH的功率余量的方式可以参考示例一至示例六中确定第三PUSCH的功率余量的方式,在此不再赘述。When the transmission timing of the third PUSCH is earlier than the repeated transmission timing of the second PUSCH, it is determined to report the power headroom of the third PUSCH. For the manner of determining the power headroom of the three PUSCHs, reference may be made to the manner of determining the power headroom of the third PUSCH in Example 1 to Example 6, which will not be repeated here.
在另一些实施例中,预设条件可以是:触发上报功率余量报告的PUSCH与第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且第一PUSCH重复为第一个重复传输时机。In some other embodiments, the preset condition may be: the PUSCH that triggers the reporting of the power headroom report overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and the first PUSCH repetition is the first repeated transmission opportunity.
方式E3,第一波束对应第一路损参考信号,第二波束对应第二路损参考信号。第一路损信号测得的路损变化值超过预设值,且PHR禁止定时器过期,触发第四PUSCH重复的PHR上报。In manner E3, the first beam corresponds to the first path loss reference signal, and the second beam corresponds to the second path loss reference signal. The path loss change value measured by the first path loss signal exceeds a preset value, and the PHR prohibition timer expires, triggering repeated PHR reporting of the fourth PUSCH.
第四PUSCH与第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,第四PUSCH与第二PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠或部分重叠。且在第一PUSCH重复的传输时机早于第二PUSCH重复的传输时机时,确定上报第一PUSCH重复的功率余量。The fourth PUSCH and the first PUSCH are repeated in the time domain, and the fourth PUSCH and the second PUSCH are not overlapped or partially overlapped in the time domain. And when the transmission timing of the first PUSCH repetition is earlier than the transmission timing of the second PUSCH repetition, it is determined to report the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition.
其中,确定第一PUSCH重复的功率余量的方式可以参考示例一至示例六中确定第一PUSCH重复的功率余量的方式,在此不再赘述。For the manner of determining the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition, reference may be made to the manner of determining the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition in Example 1 to Example 6, which will not be repeated here.
在另一些实施例中,预设条件可以是:触发了上报第一波束的功率余量报告和上报第二波束的功率余量报告,上报传输时机早的PUSCH的功率余量。In some other embodiments, the preset condition may be: the reporting of the power headroom report of the first beam and the reporting of the power headroom report of the second beam are triggered, and the reporting of the power headroom of the PUSCH with an early transmission opportunity is reported.
方式E4,两个TRP对应的PHR触发条件都满足,例如,两个PUSCH重复的路损参考信号测量的路损变化时都超过预设值,且PHR禁止定时器过期;或者,第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复都被触发上报PHR,则上报前一个PUSCH重复的PHR,或者说上报第一个传输时机的PUSCH重复的PHR。In mode E4, the PHR trigger conditions corresponding to the two TRPs are all satisfied, for example, the path loss changes measured by the path loss reference signal of the two PUSCH repetitions all exceed the preset value, and the PHR prohibition timer expires; or, the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition are both triggered to report the PHR, then report the PHR of the previous PUSCH repetition, or report the PHR of the PUSCH repetition of the first transmission opportunity.
例如,在第一PUSCH的传输时机早于第二PUSCH重复的传输时机时,确定上报第一PUSCH重复的功率余量。其中,确定第一功率余量的方式可以参考示例一至示例六中确定第一PUSCH重复的功率余量的方式,在此不再赘述。For example, when the transmission timing of the first PUSCH is earlier than the transmission timing of the second PUSCH repetition, it is determined to report the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition. Wherein, the manner of determining the first power headroom may refer to the manner of determining the power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition in Example 1 to Example 6, which will not be repeated here.
再例如,在第二PUSCH的传输时机早于第一PUSCH重复的传输时机时,确定上报第二PUSCH重复的功率余量。其中,确定第二PUSCH重复的功率余量的方式可以参考示例一至示例六中确定第二PUSCH重复的功率余量的方式,在此不再赘述。For another example, when the transmission timing of the second PUSCH is earlier than the transmission timing of the first PUSCH repetition, it is determined to report the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition. For a manner of determining the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition, reference may be made to the manner of determining the power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition in Example 1 to Example 6, which will not be repeated here.
方式E5,第一波束对应第一路损参考信号,第二波束对应第二路损参考信号。第一路损信号测得的路损变化值超过预设值,且PHR禁止定时器过期,触发第三PUSCH的PHR上报。第二路损信号测得的路损变化值超过预设值,且PHR禁止定时器过期,触发第二PUSCH重复的PHR上报。Mode E5, the first beam corresponds to the first path loss reference signal, and the second beam corresponds to the second path loss reference signal. The change value of the path loss measured by the first path loss signal exceeds a preset value, and the PHR prohibition timer expires, triggering the reporting of the PHR of the third PUSCH. The path loss change value measured by the second path loss signal exceeds a preset value, and the PHR prohibition timer expires, triggering repeated PHR reporting of the second PUSCH.
在第三PUSCH的传输时机早于第二PUSCH重复的传输时机时,确定在第三PUSCH上报第一波束对应的功率余量(例如,第三PUSCH的功率余量)。其中,确定三PUSCH的功率余量的方式可以参考示例一至示例六中确定第三PUSCH的功率余量的方式,在此不再赘述。When the transmission timing of the third PUSCH is earlier than the repeated transmission timing of the second PUSCH, it is determined to report the power headroom corresponding to the first beam (for example, the power headroom of the third PUSCH) on the third PUSCH. For the manner of determining the power headroom of the three PUSCHs, reference may be made to the manner of determining the power headroom of the third PUSCH in Example 1 to Example 6, which will not be repeated here.
方式E6,第四PUSCH在时域上与第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,触发第四PUSCH的PHR上报。第二路损信号测得的路损变化值超过预设值,且PHR禁止定时器过期,触发第二PUSCH重复的PHR上报。In manner E6, the fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain, triggering the reporting of the PHR of the fourth PUSCH. The path loss change value measured by the second path loss signal exceeds a preset value, and the PHR prohibition timer expires, triggering repeated PHR reporting of the second PUSCH.
在第四PUSCH的传输时机早于第二PUSCH重复的传输时机时,确定在第四PUSCH上报第一波束对应的功率余量。确定在第四PUSCH上报第一波束对应的功率余量的方式可以参考示例五至示例六中确定在第四PUSCH上报第一波束对应的功率余量的方式,在此不再赘述。When the transmission timing of the fourth PUSCH is earlier than the repeated transmission timing of the second PUSCH, it is determined to report the power headroom corresponding to the first beam on the fourth PUSCH. The manner of determining the power headroom corresponding to the first beam reported on the fourth PUSCH may refer to the manner of determining the power headroom corresponding to the first beam reported on the fourth PUSCH in Example 5 to Example 6, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,终端设备在第五PUSCH触发第一功率余量上报时,在第五PUSCH上上报所述第一功率余量;所述第五PUSCH的传输时机先于所述第二PUSCH重复的传输时机,所述第一PUSCH重复的传输时机先于所述第二PUSCH重复的传输时机;In some embodiments, when the fifth PUSCH triggers the first power headroom report, the terminal device reports the first power headroom on the fifth PUSCH; the transmission timing of the fifth PUSCH is earlier than that of the second PUSCH Repeated transmission timing, the repeated transmission timing of the first PUSCH is earlier than the repeated transmission timing of the second PUSCH;
所述第一功率余量为根据第一PUSCH重复确定的,所述第一PUSCH重复对应所述第一发送波束或所述第一功率控制参数,所述第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复用于发送重复数据;所述第二发送波束或所述第二功率控制参数对应所述第二PUSCH重复。The first power headroom is determined according to the first PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition corresponds to the first transmission beam or the first power control parameter, and the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition use For sending repeated data; the second sending beam or the second power control parameter corresponds to the second PUSCH repetition.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第五PUSCH满足:所述第五PUSCH为所述第一PUSCH重复;或者,所述第五PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠或部分重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth PUSCH satisfies that: the fifth PUSCH is a repetition of the first PUSCH; or, the fifth PUSCH overlaps or partially overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in a time domain.
一种可能的实现方式中,当第一PUSCH和第二PUSCH对应的PHR触发条件均不满足时,终端设备根据第二预设条件确定上报的PHR。第二预设条件为:取值较大的PHR值。从而基站可以通过配置更多资源来提升该UE的覆盖性能。In a possible implementation manner, when the PHR trigger conditions corresponding to the first PUSCH and the second PUSCH are not satisfied, the terminal device determines the reported PHR according to the second preset condition. The second preset condition is: take a larger PHR value. Therefore, the base station can improve the coverage performance of the UE by configuring more resources.
一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备在上报PHR时,会携带该上报PHR对应的TRP信息,TRP信息可以为TRP标识信息或者SRS资源集合索引值,或者功控参数集合索引值。In a possible implementation manner, when a terminal device reports a PHR, it will carry TRP information corresponding to the reported PHR, and the TRP information may be TRP identification information or an SRS resource set index value, or a power control parameter set index value.
S2705:终端设备取消确定和上报功率余量。S2705: The terminal device cancels determining and reporting the power headroom.
一种可能的实现方式,第二功率余量为根据所述第二PUSCH重复确定的;所述方法还包括:在第六PUSCH触发第二功率余量上报时,取消上报第二功率余量,所述第六PUSCH的传输时间晚于所述第一PUSCH重复的传输时机。第六PUSCH满足:所述第五PUSCH为所述第二PUSCH重复;或者,所述第六PUSCH与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上重叠或部分重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the second power headroom is repeatedly determined according to the second PUSCH; the method further includes: when the sixth PUSCH triggers the reporting of the second power headroom, canceling the reporting of the second power headroom, The transmission time of the sixth PUSCH is later than the repeated transmission timing of the first PUSCH. The sixth PUSCH satisfies that: the fifth PUSCH is a repetition of the second PUSCH; or, the sixth PUSCH overlaps or partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
在一些实施例中,不满足预设条件的情况可以是,第一PUSCH重复不是第一个PUSCH传输时机,或者第二PUSCH重复才是第一个PUSCH传输时机;或者,第一PUSCH重复不是与承载PHR MAC CE的PUSCH重叠的第一个PUSCH传输时机,或者第二PUSCH重复是与承载PHR MAC CE的PUSCH重叠的第一个传输时机。则不计算PHR,且不上报PHR。In some embodiments, the situation that the preset condition is not satisfied may be that the first PUSCH repetition is not the first PUSCH transmission opportunity, or the second PUSCH repetition is the first PUSCH transmission opportunity; or, the first PUSCH repetition is not associated with The first PUSCH transmission opportunity overlapping with the PUSCH carrying PHR MAC CE, or the second PUSCH repetition is the first transmission opportunity overlapping with the PUSCH carrying PHR MAC CE. Then the PHR is not calculated and the PHR is not reported.
通过上述方法,不需要更改现有PHR MAC CE的结构,UE在一个服务小区上只需要上报一个PHR且UE在上报PHR时不需要同时加TRP标识信息,通知基站当前上报的是哪一个TRP对应的PHR。现有技术中UE满足PHR触发条件,有上行资源一定要上报PHR。本申请实施例中,mTRP场景下,UE需要基于两个独立的波束/两套独立的功控参数发送PUSCH重复,只上报一个波束对应的PHR的情况下,需要确定满足PHR触发条件的TRP/波束/功控参数与第一个PUSCH传输时机保持一致,才可以上报PHR。否则不能上报PHR。Through the above method, there is no need to change the structure of the existing PHR MAC CE, the UE only needs to report one PHR on a serving cell and the UE does not need to add TRP identification information at the same time when reporting the PHR, and inform the base station which TRP is currently reported. The PHR. In the prior art, the UE satisfies the triggering condition of the PHR and must report the PHR if there are uplink resources. In the embodiment of this application, in the mTRP scenario, the UE needs to send PUSCH repetitions based on two independent beams/two sets of independent power control parameters, and only reports the PHR corresponding to one beam, and needs to determine the TRP/ The PHR can only be reported when the beam/power control parameters are consistent with the first PUSCH transmission timing. Otherwise, the PHR cannot be reported.
本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置的结构可以如图28所示,包括发送单元2801,处理单元2802,和接收单元2803。An embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The structure of the communication device may be as shown in FIG. 28 , including a sending unit 2801 , a processing unit 2802 , and a receiving unit 2803 .
在一种具体的实施方式中,通信装置具体可以用于实现本申请实施例中终端设备执行的方法,该装置可以是终端设备本身,也可以是终端设备中的芯片或芯片组或芯片中用于执行相关方法功能的一部分。In a specific implementation manner, the communication device can be specifically used to implement the method performed by the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application. The device can be the terminal device itself, or a chip or chipset in the terminal device or a chip used in the chip. to perform part of the function of the associated method.
在一些实施例中,处理单元2802,用于确定第一功率余量和第二功率余量;发送单元2801,用于上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量;其中,所述第一功率余量为根据第一PUSCH重复确定的,所述第二功率余量为根据第二PUSCH重复确定的,所述第一PUSCH重复与第一波束相关联,所述第二PUSCH重复与第二波束相关联。或者,所述第一功率余量为根据第三PUSCH确定的,所述第二功率余量为根据参考PUSCH传输确定的,所述第三PUSCH与所述第一波束相关联。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2802 is configured to determine the first power headroom and the second power headroom; the sending unit 2801 is configured to report the first power headroom and the second power headroom; wherein, the first The power headroom is determined according to the first PUSCH repetition, the second power headroom is determined according to the second PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam, and the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the second PUSCH repetition The beams are associated. Alternatively, the first power headroom is determined according to a third PUSCH, the second power headroom is determined according to reference PUSCH transmission, and the third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量承载在功率余量报告MAC CE上。In a possible implementation manner, the first power headroom and the second power headroom are carried on a power headroom report MAC CE.
一种可能的实现方式,所述功率余量报告MAC CE包括多个功率余量,所述多个功率余量的排列顺序为:先按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的服务小区索引升序排列,再按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的波束索引升序排列。In a possible implementation manner, the power headroom report MAC CE includes multiple power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the multiple power headrooms is: first according to the corresponding power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms The serving cell indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to beam indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
一种可能的实现方式,所述功率余量报告MAC CE包括多个功率余量,所述多个功率余量的排列顺序为:先按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的波束索引升序排列,再按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的服务小区索引升序排列。In a possible implementation manner, the power headroom report MAC CE includes multiple power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the multiple power headrooms is: first according to the corresponding power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms The beam indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
一种可能的实现方式,所述发送单元2801,用于执行以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the sending unit 2801 is configured to perform any of the following:
在所述第一PUSCH重复上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the first PUSCH repetition;
在所述第二PUSCH重复上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the second PUSCH repetition;
在所述第三PUSCH上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the third PUSCH;
在第四PUSCH上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量,所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复、所述第二PUSCH重复和所述第三PUSCH位于不同的服务小区。Send the first power headroom and the second power headroom on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different location from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH Serve the community.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第四PUSCH满足以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following:
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上部分重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠,且所述第四PUSCH与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠。The fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,所述发送单元2801,用于执行以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the sending unit 2801 is configured to perform any of the following:
在触发功率余量上报与所述第一PUSCH重复相关时,在所述第一PUSCH重复上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the first PUSCH repetition, sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the first PUSCH repetition;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第二PUSCH重复相关时,在所述第二PUSCH重复上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the second PUSCH repetition, sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the second PUSCH repetition;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第三PUSCH相关时,在所述第三PUSCH上发送所述第一功率余量和第二功率余量;When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the third PUSCH, sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the third PUSCH;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第四PUSCH相关时,在所述第四PUSCH上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量。When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the fourth PUSCH, sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the fourth PUSCH.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一功率控制参数或第二功率控制参数包括以下至少一项:开环功率控制参数基本值P0,路径损耗补偿因子alpha,路径损耗参考信号ID,传输功率控制TPC命令,闭环索引。In a possible implementation manner, the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control parameter. TPC command, closed-loop index.
一种可能的实现方式,所述发送单元2801,上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量之前,接收单元2803,还用于接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复;In a possible implementation manner, before the sending unit 2801 reports the first power headroom and the second power headroom, the receiving unit 2803 is further configured to receive first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal The device sends the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition;
一种可能的实现方式,所述发送单元2801,上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量之前,接收单元2803,还用于接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第三PUSCH传输;In a possible implementation manner, before the sending unit 2801 reports the first power headroom and the second power headroom, the receiving unit 2803 is further configured to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the The terminal device sends a third PUSCH transmission;
一种可能的实现方式,所述发送单元2801,上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量之前,接收单元2803,还用于接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第四PUSCH传输。In a possible implementation manner, before the sending unit 2801 reports the first power headroom and the second power headroom, the receiving unit 2803 is further configured to receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the The terminal device sends a fourth PUSCH transmission.
一种可能的实现方式,一种可能的实现方式,所述发送单元2801,还用于发送所述第一PUSCH重复和所述第二PUSCH重复。A possible implementation manner, a possible implementation manner, the sending unit 2801 is further configured to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
在另一些实施例中,处理单元2802,用于确定第一字段和第二字段,发送单元2801,用于上报第一字段和第二字段。其中,所述上报第一字段和第二字段的顺序可以按照第一字段的服务小区索引升序排序,再按照第二字段的服务小区索引升序排序。或者,所述上报第一字段和第二字段的顺序可以先按照第一字段和第二字段的波束索引升序排序,再按照第一字段和第二字段对应的服务小区索引升序排序。In other embodiments, the processing unit 2802 is configured to determine the first field and the second field, and the sending unit 2801 is configured to report the first field and the second field. Wherein, the order of reporting the first field and the second field may be sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index of the first field, and then sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index of the second field. Alternatively, the order of reporting the first field and the second field may first be sorted according to the ascending order of the beam indexes of the first field and the second field, and then sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index corresponding to the first field and the second field.
一种可能的实现方式,第一字段指示第一PUSCH重复的第一功率余量,第二字段指 示第二PUSCH重复的第二功率余量,第一PUSCH重复与第一波束相关联,第二PUSCH重复与第二波束相关联。第一波束的波束索引与第二波束的波束索引可以为升序关系。In a possible implementation manner, the first field indicates the first power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition, the second field indicates the second power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam, and the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the second beam. The beam index of the first beam and the beam index of the second beam may be in ascending order.
另一种可能的实现方式,第一字段指示第三PUSCH的功率余量,第二字段指示参考PUSCH的功率余量。第三PUSCH与第一波束相关联。In another possible implementation manner, the first field indicates the power headroom of the third PUSCH, and the second field indicates the power headroom of the reference PUSCH. The third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
一种可能的实现方式,接收单元2803,用于获取第一SRS资源集合的配置信息和第二SRS资源集合的配置信息;所述第一SRS资源集合关联第一波束,所述第二SRS资源集合关联第二波束;或者,所述第一波束关联所述第一功率控制参数,所述第二波束关联所述第二功率控制参数。In a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit 2803 is configured to acquire configuration information of a first SRS resource set and configuration information of a second SRS resource set; the first SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set The set is associated with the second beam; or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一字段和所述第二字段承载在功率余量报告MAC CE上。In a possible implementation manner, the first field and the second field are carried on a power headroom report MAC CE.
一种可能的实现方式,所述发送单元2801,用于执行以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the sending unit 2801 is configured to perform any of the following:
在所述第一PUSCH重复上发送所述第一字段和所述第二字段;sending the first field and the second field on the first PUSCH repetition;
在所述第二PUSCH重复上发送所述第一字段和所述第二字段;sending the first field and the second field on the second PUSCH repetition;
在所述第三PUSCH上发送所述第一字段和所述第二字段;sending the first field and the second field on the third PUSCH;
在第四PUSCH上发送所述第一字段和所述第二字段,所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复、所述第二PUSCH重复和所述第三PUSCH位于不同的服务小区。The first field and the second field are sent on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different serving cell from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第四PUSCH满足以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following:
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上部分重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠,且所述第四PUSCH与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠。The fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,所述发送单元2801,用于执行以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the sending unit 2801 is configured to perform any of the following:
在触发功率余量上报与所述第一PUSCH重复相关时,在所述第一PUSCH重复上发送所述第一字段和所述第二字段;When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the first PUSCH repetition, sending the first field and the second field on the first PUSCH repetition;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第二PUSCH重复相关时,在所述第二PUSCH重复上发送所述第一字段和所述第二字段;When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the second PUSCH repetition, sending the first field and the second field on the second PUSCH repetition;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第三PUSCH相关时,在所述第三PUSCH上发送所述第一字段和第二字段;When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the third PUSCH, sending the first field and the second field on the third PUSCH;
在触发功率余量上报与所述第四PUSCH相关时,在所述第四PUSCH上发送所述第一字段和所述第二字段。When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the fourth PUSCH, sending the first field and the second field on the fourth PUSCH.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一功率控制参数或第二功率控制参数包括以下至少一项:开环功率控制参数基本值P0,路径损耗补偿因子alpha,路径损耗参考信号ID,传输功率控制TPC命令,闭环索引。In a possible implementation manner, the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control parameter. TPC command, closed-loop index.
一种可能的实现方式,所述发送单元2801,用于上报第一字段和第二字段之前,接收单元2803,用于接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复;In a possible implementation manner, the sending unit 2801 is configured to report the first field and the second field, and the receiving unit 2803 is configured to receive first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first field A PUSCH repetition and a second PUSCH repetition;
一种可能的实现方式,所述发送单元2801,用于上报第一字段和第二字段之前,接收 单元2803,用于接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第三PUSCH传输;In a possible implementation manner, the sending unit 2801 is configured to report the first field and the second field, and the receiving unit 2803 is configured to receive second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device sending a third PUSCH transmission;
一种可能的实现方式,所述发送单元2801,用于上报第一字段和第二字段之前,接收单元2803,用于接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第四PUSCH传输。In a possible implementation manner, the sending unit 2801 is configured to report the first field and the second field, and the receiving unit 2803 is configured to receive third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device A fourth PUSCH transmission is sent.
一种可能的实现方式,发送所述第一PUSCH重复和所述第二PUSCH重复。A possible implementation manner is to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
在另一些实施例中,该通信装置可以为网络设备,例如,本申请实施例中的第一网络设备。In some other embodiments, the communication apparatus may be a network device, for example, the first network device in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,发送单元2801,用于发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示第一PUSCH重复和所述第二PUSCH重复;接收单元2803,用于接收第一功率余量和第二功率余量;其中,所述第一功率余量为根据第一PUSCH重复确定的,所述第二功率余量为根据第二PUSCH重复确定的,所述第一PUSCH重复与第一波束相关联,所述第二PUSCH重复与第二波束相关联。或者,所述第一功率余量为根据第三PUSCH确定的,所述第二功率余量为根据参考PUSCH传输确定的,所述第三PUSCH与所述第一波束相关联。Wherein, the sending unit 2801 is configured to send the first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to indicate the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition; the receiving unit 2803 is configured to receive the first power headroom and the second PUSCH repetition Power headroom; wherein, the first power headroom is determined according to the first PUSCH repetition, the second power headroom is determined according to the second PUSCH repetition, and the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam , the second PUSCH repetition is associated with a second beam. Alternatively, the first power headroom is determined according to a third PUSCH, the second power headroom is determined according to reference PUSCH transmission, and the third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一配置信息包括:第一SRS资源集合的配置信息和第二SRS资源集合的配置信息;所述第一SRS资源集合关联第一波束,所述第二SRS资源集合关联第二波束;或者,所述第一波束关联所述第一功率控制参数,所述第二波束关联所述第二功率控制参数。In a possible implementation, the first configuration information includes: configuration information of a first SRS resource set and configuration information of a second SRS resource set; the first SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam. The resource set is associated with the second beam; or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter.
一种可能的实现方式,第一功率余量和第二功率余量承载在功率余量报告MAC CE上。In a possible implementation manner, the first power headroom and the second power headroom are carried on the power headroom report MAC CE.
一种可能的实现方式,功率余量报告MAC CE包括多个功率余量,所述多个功率余量的排列顺序为:先按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的服务小区索引升序排列,再按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的波束索引升序排列。In a possible implementation, the power headroom report MAC CE includes a plurality of power headrooms, and the arrangement order of the plurality of power headrooms is: first according to the serving cell corresponding to each power headroom of the plurality of power headrooms The indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the beam indexes corresponding to the respective power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms.
一种可能的实现方式,所述功率余量报告MAC CE包括多个功率余量,所述多个功率余量的排列顺序为:先按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的波束索引升序排列,再按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的服务小区索引升序排列。In a possible implementation manner, the power headroom report MAC CE includes multiple power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the multiple power headrooms is: first according to the corresponding power headrooms of the multiple power headrooms The beam indexes are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
一种可能的实现方式,接收单元2803,用于执行以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the receiving unit 2803 is configured to perform any of the following:
在所述第一PUSCH重复上接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the first PUSCH repetition;
在所述第二PUSCH重复上接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the second PUSCH repetition;
在所述第三PUSCH上接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the third PUSCH;
在第四PUSCH上接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量,所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复、所述第二PUSCH重复和所述第三PUSCH位于不同的服务小区。The first power headroom and the second power headroom are received on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located at a different location from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH Serve the community.
一种可能的实现方式,第四PUSCH满足以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following items:
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上部分重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠,且所述第四PUSCH与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠。The fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一功率控制参数或第二功率控制参数包括以下至少一项: 开环功率控制参数基本值P0,路径损耗补偿因子alpha,路径损耗参考信号ID,传输功率控制TPC命令,闭环索引。In a possible implementation manner, the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control TPC command, closed-loop index.
一种可能的实现方式,接收单元2803,用于接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量之前,发送单元2801,还可以发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复;In a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit 2803 is configured to, before receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom, the sending unit 2801 may also send first indication information, and the first indication information uses Instructing the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition;
一种可能的实现方式,接收单元2803,用于接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量之前,发送单元2801,用于发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第三PUSCH传输;In a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit 2803 is configured to receive the first power headroom and the second power headroom before the sending unit 2801 is configured to send second indication information, and the second indication information uses Instructing the terminal device to send a third PUSCH transmission;
一种可能的实现方式,接收单元2803,用于接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量之前,发送单元2801,还可以发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第四PUSCH传输。In a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit 2803 is configured to, before receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom, the sending unit 2801 may also send third indication information, and the third indication information uses to instruct the terminal device to send a fourth PUSCH transmission.
一种可能的实现方式,接收单元2803,还可以接收所述第一PUSCH重复和所述第二PUSCH重复。In a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit 2803 may also receive the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
在另一些实施例中,该通信装置可以为网络设备,例如,本申请实施例中的第一网络设备。In some other embodiments, the communication apparatus may be a network device, for example, the first network device in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,发送单元2801,用于发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示第一PUSCH重复和所述第二PUSCH重复。Wherein, the sending unit 2801 is configured to send first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
接收单元2803,用于接收第一字段和第二字段;其中,所述上报第一字段和第二字段的顺序可以按照第一字段的服务小区索引升序排序,再按照第二字段的服务小区索引升序排序。或者,所述上报第一字段和第二字段的顺序可以先按照第一字段和第二字段的波束索引升序排序,再按照第一字段和第二字段对应的服务小区索引升序排序。The receiving unit 2803 is configured to receive the first field and the second field; wherein, the order of reporting the first field and the second field may be sorted in ascending order according to the serving cell index of the first field, and then according to the serving cell index of the second field Sort in ascending order. Alternatively, the order of reporting the first field and the second field may first be sorted according to the ascending order of the beam indexes of the first field and the second field, and then sorted according to the ascending order of the serving cell index corresponding to the first field and the second field.
一种可能的实现方式,第一字段指示第一PUSCH重复的第一功率余量,第二字段指示第二PUSCH重复的第二功率余量,第一PUSCH重复与第一波束相关联,第二PUSCH重复与第二波束相关联。第一波束的波束索引与第二波束的波束索引可以为升序关系。In a possible implementation manner, the first field indicates the first power headroom of the first PUSCH repetition, the second field indicates the second power headroom of the second PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam, and the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the second beam. The beam index of the first beam and the beam index of the second beam may be in ascending order.
另一种可能的实现方式,第一字段指示第三PUSCH的功率余量,第二字段指示参考PUSCH的功率余量。第三PUSCH与第一波束相关联。In another possible implementation manner, the first field indicates the power headroom of the third PUSCH, and the second field indicates the power headroom of the reference PUSCH. The third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一配置信息包括:第一SRS资源集合的配置信息和第二SRS资源集合的配置信息;所述第一SRS资源集合关联第一波束,所述第二SRS资源集合关联第二波束;或者,所述第一波束关联所述第一功率控制参数,所述第二波束关联所述第二功率控制参数。In a possible implementation, the first configuration information includes: configuration information of a first SRS resource set and configuration information of a second SRS resource set; the first SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam, and the second SRS resource set is associated with a first beam. The resource set is associated with the second beam; or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter.
一种可能的实现方式,第一字段和第二字段承载在功率余量报告MAC CE上。In a possible implementation manner, the first field and the second field are carried on the power headroom report MAC CE.
一种可能的实现方式,接收单元2803,用于执行以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the receiving unit 2803 is configured to perform any of the following:
在所述第一PUSCH重复上接收所述第一字段和所述第二字段;receiving the first field and the second field on the first PUSCH repetition;
在所述第二PUSCH重复上接收所述第一字段和所述第二字段;receiving the first field and the second field on the second PUSCH repetition;
在所述第三PUSCH上接收所述第一字段和所述第二字段;receiving the first field and the second field on the third PUSCH;
在第四PUSCH上接收所述第一字段和所述第二字段,所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复、所述第二PUSCH重复和所述第三PUSCH位于不同的服务小区。The first field and the second field are received on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different serving cell from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH.
一种可能的实现方式,第四PUSCH满足以下任一项:A possible implementation manner, the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following items:
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复 在时域上部分重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠,且所述第四PUSCH与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠。The fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一功率控制参数或第二功率控制参数包括以下至少一项:开环功率控制参数基本值P0,路径损耗补偿因子alpha,路径损耗参考信号ID,传输功率控制TPC命令,闭环索引。In a possible implementation manner, the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, a path loss reference signal ID, and a transmission power control parameter. TPC command, closed-loop index.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备接收所述第一字段和所述第二字段之前,还可以发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复;In a possible implementation manner, before receiving the first field and the second field, the network device may also send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repetition and Second PUSCH repeat;
一种可能的实现方式,接收单元2803接收所述第一字段和所述第二字段之前,发送单元2801还可以发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第三PUSCH传输;In a possible implementation manner, before the receiving unit 2803 receives the first field and the second field, the sending unit 2801 may also send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first field Three PUSCH transmissions;
一种可能的实现方式,接收单元2803接收所述第一字段和所述第二字段之前,发送单元2801可以发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第四PUSCH传输。In a possible implementation manner, before the receiving unit 2803 receives the first field and the second field, the sending unit 2801 may send third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the fourth PUSCH transmission.
一种可能的实现方式,接收单元2803还可以接收所述第一PUSCH重复和所述第二PUSCH重复。In a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit 2803 may also receive the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能模块可以集成在一个处理器中,也可以是单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上模块集成在一个模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。可以理解的是,本申请实施例中各个模块的功能或者实现可以进一步参考方法实施例的相关描述。The division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation. In addition, each functional module in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into a processing In the controller, it can also be physically present separately, or two or more modules can be integrated into one module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It can be understood that, for the function or implementation of each module in the embodiment of the present application, further reference may be made to the relevant description of the method embodiment.
一种可能的方式中,通信装置可以如图29所示,该通信装置可以是通信设备或者通信设备中的芯片,其中,通信设备可以为终端设备,也可以为网络设备(例如,本申请实施例中的第一网络设备或第二网络设备)。该装置可以包括处理器2901,通信接口2902,存储器2903。其中,处理单元2802可以为处理器2901。发送单元2801和/或接收单元2803可以为通信接口2902。In one possible manner, the communication device may be as shown in Figure 29. The communication device may be a communication device or a chip in a communication device, where the communication device may be a terminal device or a network device (for example, the implementation of this application example first network device or second network device). The device may include a processor 2901 , a communication interface 2902 and a memory 2903 . Wherein, the processing unit 2802 may be the processor 2901 . The sending unit 2801 and/or the receiving unit 2803 may be the communication interface 2902 .
处理器2901,可以是一个中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),或者为数字处理单元等等。通信接口2902可以是收发器、也可以为接口电路如收发电路等、也可以为收发芯片等等。该装置还包括:存储器2903,用于存储处理器2901执行的程序。存储器2903可以是非易失性存储器,比如硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)。存储器2903是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。The processor 2901 may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or a digital processing unit or the like. The communication interface 2902 may be a transceiver, or an interface circuit such as a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver chip or the like. The device also includes: a memory 2903 for storing programs executed by the processor 2901 . The memory 2903 can be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk (hard disk drive, HDD) or a solid-state drive (solid-state drive, SSD), etc., and can also be a volatile memory (volatile memory), such as a random access memory (random -access memory, RAM). The memory 2903 is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
处理器2901用于执行存储器2903存储的程序代码,具体用于执行上述处理单元2802的动作,本申请在此不再赘述。通信接口2902具体用于执行上述发送单元2801和/或接收单元2803的动作,本申请在此不再赘述。The processor 2901 is configured to execute the program codes stored in the memory 2903, and is specifically configured to execute the above-mentioned actions of the processing unit 2802, which will not be repeated in this application. The communication interface 2902 is specifically configured to execute the actions of the above-mentioned sending unit 2801 and/or receiving unit 2803, which will not be repeated in this application.
本申请实施例中不限定上述通信接口2902、处理器2901以及存储器2903之间的具体 连接介质。本申请实施例在图29中以存储器2903、处理器2901以及通信接口2902之间通过总线2904连接,总线在图29中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图29中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The specific connection medium among the above-mentioned communication interface 2902, processor 2901, and memory 2903 is not limited in this embodiment of the application. In the embodiment of the present application, in FIG. 29, the memory 2903, the processor 2901, and the communication interface 2902 are connected through the bus 2904. The bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 29, and the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration. , is not limited. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 29 , but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,可以包括本申请实施例中的第一网络设备、第二网络设备和终端设备。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which may include the first network device, the second network device, and the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储为执行上述处理器所需执行的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述处理器所需执行的程序。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions required to execute the above-mentioned processor, which includes a program required to execute the above-mentioned processor.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art should understand that the embodiments of the present application may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
本申请是参照根据本申请的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present application is described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to the present application. It should be understood that each procedure and/or block in the flowchart and/or block diagram, and a combination of procedures and/or blocks in the flowchart and/or block diagram can be realized by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions may be provided to a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or processor of other programmable data processing equipment to produce a machine such that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing equipment produce a An apparatus for realizing the functions specified in one or more procedures of the flowchart and/or one or more blocks of the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a specific manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising instruction means, the instructions The device realizes the function specified in one or more procedures of the flowchart and/or one or more blocks of the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device, causing a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process, thereby The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in the flow chart or blocks of the flowchart and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalent technologies, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (26)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于终端设备,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a terminal device, comprising:
    确定第一功率余量和第二功率余量;determining a first power headroom and a second power headroom;
    上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量;reporting the first power headroom and the second power headroom;
    其中,所述第一功率余量为根据第一PUSCH重复确定的,所述第二功率余量为根据第二PUSCH重复确定的,所述第一PUSCH重复与第一波束相关联,所述第二PUSCH重复与第二波束相关联;Wherein, the first power headroom is determined according to the first PUSCH repetition, the second power headroom is determined according to the second PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam, and the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam. Two PUSCH repetitions are associated with the second beam;
    或者,所述第一功率余量为根据第三PUSCH确定的,所述第二功率余量为根据参考PUSCH传输确定的,所述第三PUSCH与所述第一波束相关联。Alternatively, the first power headroom is determined according to a third PUSCH, the second power headroom is determined according to reference PUSCH transmission, and the third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1, wherein
    获取第一SRS资源集合的配置信息和第二SRS资源集合的配置信息;Obtain configuration information of the first SRS resource set and configuration information of the second SRS resource set;
    所述第一SRS资源集合关联第一波束,所述第二SRS资源集合关联第二波束;The first set of SRS resources is associated with a first beam, and the second set of SRS resources is associated with a second beam;
    或者,所述第一波束关联所述第一功率控制参数,所述第二波束关联所述第二功率控制参数。Or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter.
  3. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量承载在功率余量报告媒体介入控制层控制元素MAC CE上。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first power headroom and the second power headroom are carried on a power headroom report medium access control layer control element MAC CE.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述功率余量报告MAC CE包括多个功率余量,所述多个功率余量的排列顺序为:先按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的服务小区索引升序排列,再按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的波束索引升序排列。The method according to claim 3, wherein the power headroom report MAC CE includes a plurality of power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the plurality of power headrooms is: first according to the order of the plurality of power headrooms The serving cell indexes corresponding to each power headroom are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the beam indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
  5. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述功率余量报告MAC CE包括多个功率余量,所述多个功率余量的排列顺序为:先按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的波束索引升序排列,再按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的服务小区索引升序排列。The method according to claim 3, wherein the power headroom report MAC CE includes a plurality of power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the plurality of power headrooms is: first according to the order of the plurality of power headrooms The beam indexes corresponding to each power headroom are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
  6. 如权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述上报第一功率余量和第二功率余量,包括以下任一项:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the reporting of the first power headroom and the second power headroom includes any of the following:
    在所述第一PUSCH重复上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the first PUSCH repetition;
    在所述第二PUSCH重复上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the second PUSCH repetition;
    在所述第三PUSCH上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the third PUSCH;
    在第四PUSCH上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量,所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复、所述第二PUSCH重复和所述第三PUSCH位于不同的服务小区。Send the first power headroom and the second power headroom on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located in a different location from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH Serve the community.
  7. 如权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四PUSCH满足以下任一项:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following:
    所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain;
    所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上部分重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
    所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
    所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠,且所述第四PUSCH与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠。The fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
  8. 如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述上报第一功率余量和第二功 率余量,包括以下任一项:The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the reporting of the first power headroom and the second power headroom includes any of the following:
    在触发功率余量上报与所述第一PUSCH重复相关时,在所述第一PUSCH重复上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the first PUSCH repetition, sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the first PUSCH repetition;
    在触发功率余量上报与所述第二PUSCH重复相关时,在所述第二PUSCH重复上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the second PUSCH repetition, sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the second PUSCH repetition;
    在触发功率余量上报与所述第三PUSCH相关时,在所述第三PUSCH上发送所述第一功率余量和第二功率余量;When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the third PUSCH, sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the third PUSCH;
    在触发功率余量上报与所述第四PUSCH相关时,在所述第四PUSCH上发送所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量。When triggering power headroom reporting is related to the fourth PUSCH, sending the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the fourth PUSCH.
  9. 如权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一功率控制参数或第二功率控制参数包括以下至少一项:开环功率控制参数基本值P0,路径损耗补偿因子alpha,路径损耗参考信号ID,传输功率控制TPC命令,闭环索引。The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value of an open-loop power control parameter P0, a path loss compensation factor alpha, path loss reference signal ID, transmission power control TPC command, closed loop index.
  10. 如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述上报所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein before reporting the first power headroom and the second power headroom, further comprising:
    接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复;receiving first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition;
    或者,接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第三PUSCH传输;Or, receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send a third PUSCH transmission;
    或者,接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第四PUSCH传输。Or, receiving third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send fourth PUSCH transmission.
  11. 如权利要求1-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:发送所述第一PUSCH重复和所述第二PUSCH重复。The method according to any one of claims 1-10, further comprising: sending the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition.
  12. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于网络设备,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a network device, comprising:
    发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示第一PUSCH重复和所述第二PUSCH重复;Sending first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition;
    接收第一功率余量和第二功率余量;receiving a first power headroom and a second power headroom;
    其中,所述第一功率余量为根据第一PUSCH重复确定的,所述第二功率余量为根据第二PUSCH重复确定的,所述第一PUSCH重复与第一波束相关联,所述第二PUSCH重复与第二波束相关联;Wherein, the first power headroom is determined according to the first PUSCH repetition, the second power headroom is determined according to the second PUSCH repetition, the first PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam, and the second PUSCH repetition is associated with the first beam. Two PUSCH repetitions are associated with the second beam;
    或者,所述第一功率余量为根据第三PUSCH确定的,所述第二功率余量为根据参考PUSCH传输确定的,所述第三PUSCH与所述第一波束相关联。Alternatively, the first power headroom is determined according to a third PUSCH, the second power headroom is determined according to reference PUSCH transmission, and the third PUSCH is associated with the first beam.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包括:第一SRS资源集合的配置信息和第二SRS资源集合的配置信息;The method according to claim 12, wherein the first configuration information comprises: configuration information of the first SRS resource set and configuration information of the second SRS resource set;
    所述第一SRS资源集合关联第一波束,所述第二SRS资源集合关联第二波束;The first set of SRS resources is associated with a first beam, and the second set of SRS resources is associated with a second beam;
    或者,所述第一波束关联所述第一功率控制参数,所述第二波束关联所述第二功率控制参数。Or, the first beam is associated with the first power control parameter, and the second beam is associated with the second power control parameter.
  14. 如权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量承载在功率余量报告媒体介入控制层控制元素MAC CE上。The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the first power headroom and the second power headroom are carried on a power headroom report medium access control layer control element MAC CE.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述功率余量报告MAC CE包括多个功率余量,所述多个功率余量的排列顺序为:先按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的 服务小区索引升序排列,再按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的波束索引升序排列。The method according to claim 14, wherein the power headroom report MAC CE includes a plurality of power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the plurality of power headrooms is: first according to the order of the plurality of power headrooms The serving cell indexes corresponding to each power headroom are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the beam indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
  16. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述功率余量报告MAC CE包括多个功率余量,所述多个功率余量的排列顺序为:先按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的波束索引升序排列,再按照所述多个功率余量的各功率余量对应的服务小区索引升序排列。The method according to claim 14, wherein the power headroom report MAC CE includes a plurality of power headrooms, and the order of arrangement of the plurality of power headrooms is: first according to the order of the plurality of power headrooms The beam indexes corresponding to each power headroom are arranged in ascending order, and then arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell indexes corresponding to each power headroom of the multiple power headrooms.
  17. 如权利要求12-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收第一功率余量和第二功率余量,包括以下任一项:The method according to any one of claims 12-16, wherein the receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom includes any of the following:
    在所述第一PUSCH重复上接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the first PUSCH repetition;
    在所述第二PUSCH重复上接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the second PUSCH repetition;
    在所述第三PUSCH上接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量;receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom on the third PUSCH;
    在第四PUSCH上接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量,所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复、所述第二PUSCH重复和所述第三PUSCH位于不同的服务小区。The first power headroom and the second power headroom are received on a fourth PUSCH, where the fourth PUSCH is located at a different location from the first PUSCH repetition, the second PUSCH repetition, and the third PUSCH Serve the community.
  18. 如权利要求12-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四PUSCH满足以下任一项:The method according to any one of claims 12-17, wherein the fourth PUSCH satisfies any of the following:
    所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repeatedly in the time domain;
    所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上部分重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps with the first PUSCH repetition in the time domain, and partially overlaps with the second PUSCH repetition in the time domain;
    所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上重叠,且与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上重叠;The fourth PUSCH overlaps in the time domain with the first PUSCH repetition, and overlaps in the time domain with the second PUSCH repetition;
    所述第四PUSCH与所述第一PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠,且所述第四PUSCH与所述第二PUSCH重复在时域上不重叠。The fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the first PUSCH repetition in time domain, and the fourth PUSCH does not overlap with the second PUSCH repetition in time domain.
  19. 如权利要求13-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一功率控制参数或第二功率控制参数包括以下至少一项:开环功率控制参数基本值P0,路径损耗补偿因子alpha,路径损耗参考信号ID,传输功率控制TPC命令,闭环索引。The method according to any one of claims 13-18, wherein the first power control parameter or the second power control parameter includes at least one of the following: a basic value P0 of an open-loop power control parameter, a path loss compensation factor alpha, path loss reference signal ID, transmission power control TPC command, closed loop index.
  20. 如权利要求12-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收所述第一功率余量和所述第二功率余量之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-19, wherein before receiving the first power headroom and the second power headroom, further comprising:
    发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第一PUSCH重复和第二PUSCH重复;Sending first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition;
    或者,发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第三PUSCH传输;Or, sending second indication information, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send a third PUSCH transmission;
    或者,发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送第四PUSCH传输。Or, sending third indication information, where the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send fourth PUSCH transmission.
  21. 如权利要求12-20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-20, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述第一PUSCH重复和所述第二PUSCH重复。The first PUSCH repetition and the second PUSCH repetition are received.
  22. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信设备包括收发器、处理器和存储器;所述存储器中存储有程序指令;当所述程序指令被执行时,使得所述通信设备执行如权利要求1至11任一所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a transceiver, a processor, and a memory; program instructions are stored in the memory; when the program instructions are executed, the communication device performs as claimed in claim 1. to the method described in any one of 11.
  23. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括收发器、处理器和存储器;所述存储器中存储有程序指令;当所述程序指令被执行时,使得所述通信设备执行如权利要求12至21任一所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a transceiver, a processor, and a memory; program instructions are stored in the memory; when the program instructions are executed, the communication device is executed as claimed in claim 12 to the method described in any one of 21.
  24. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求22所述的通信装置和如权利要求23 所述的通信装置。A communication system, characterized by comprising the communication device according to claim 22 and the communication device according to claim 23 .
  25. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片与电子设备中的存储器耦合,使得所述芯片在运行时调用所述存储器中存储的程序指令,实现如权利要求1至11任一所述的方法,或者,实现如权利要求12至21任一所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that the chip is coupled to a memory in an electronic device, so that the chip invokes program instructions stored in the memory during operation to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, Alternatively, implement the method as claimed in any one of claims 12-21.
  26. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质包括程序指令,当所述程序指令在设备上运行时,使得所述设备执行如权利要求1至21任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium includes program instructions, and when the program instructions are run on a device, the device executes the program described in any one of claims 1 to 21. Methods.
PCT/CN2022/110476 2021-08-06 2022-08-05 Communication method and apparatus, and system WO2023011619A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110903317.6 2021-08-06
CN202110903317.6A CN115707108A (en) 2021-08-06 2021-08-06 Communication method, device and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023011619A1 true WO2023011619A1 (en) 2023-02-09

Family

ID=85155329

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/110476 WO2023011619A1 (en) 2021-08-06 2022-08-05 Communication method and apparatus, and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115707108A (en)
WO (1) WO2023011619A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020168223A1 (en) * 2019-02-14 2020-08-20 Convida Wireless, Llc Intra-ue prioritization in uplink transmissions
WO2020252174A1 (en) * 2019-06-12 2020-12-17 Hua Zhou Hybrid automatic repeat request transmission with multiple transmission and reception points and multiple panels
CN112534891A (en) * 2019-07-19 2021-03-19 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method and device for controlling uplink power of sounding reference signal transmission
WO2021108988A1 (en) * 2019-12-03 2021-06-10 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Resource conflict handling method and apparatus, terminal and storage medium

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020168223A1 (en) * 2019-02-14 2020-08-20 Convida Wireless, Llc Intra-ue prioritization in uplink transmissions
WO2020252174A1 (en) * 2019-06-12 2020-12-17 Hua Zhou Hybrid automatic repeat request transmission with multiple transmission and reception points and multiple panels
CN112534891A (en) * 2019-07-19 2021-03-19 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method and device for controlling uplink power of sounding reference signal transmission
WO2021108988A1 (en) * 2019-12-03 2021-06-10 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Resource conflict handling method and apparatus, terminal and storage medium

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
FUTUREWEI: "Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2104201, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20210519 - 20210527, 11 May 2021 (2021-05-11), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP052006072 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115707108A (en) 2023-02-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11785595B2 (en) Method and apparatus for power headroom reporting procedure for different serving cells
US11924773B2 (en) Apparatus and method for controlling uplink transmission power in a multiple element carrier wave system
US11924772B2 (en) System and method for wireless power control
US10165527B2 (en) Method of efficiently reporting user equipment transmission power and apparatus thereof
CN107979869B (en) Method and apparatus for power headroom reporting for beam operation in wireless communication system
US11856527B2 (en) Power headroom report (PHR) reporting determination
KR102353168B1 (en) Mehotd and apparatus for transmitting power headroom information in a communication system
CN106465300A (en) Method and terminal for transmitting power headroom report in dual connection between terminal and base station
WO2019201253A1 (en) Power control method and apparatus, base station, terminal, and computer-readable storage medium
CN103124428A (en) Method and device for controlling uplink power
CN105379392B (en) Transmission method and device of power use state information
CN105379368A (en) Separate accumulation of UE transmit power adjustment in adaptive TDD systems
WO2023011619A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and system
US20230065671A1 (en) Transmit power prioritization in inter-band carrier aggregation
WO2021120022A1 (en) Uplink transmit power control method and apparatus
US20230413192A1 (en) Power control for multi-channels and power prioritization
US20220110071A1 (en) Power headroom reporting for simultaneous transmissions of new radio pucch and pusch on different component carriers
WO2023165350A1 (en) Method and apparatus for power headroom reporting
CN117939608A (en) Power headroom indication information reporting method, electronic equipment and storage medium
WO2024079123A1 (en) Wireless device changing power class at instant of reporting power headroom

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22852330

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE